ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺮﻩ
@ @
) (1ﺳﻴﺘﻢ – ﲟﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ – ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻷﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺇﺗﺎﺣﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ؛ ﻟﻴﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ
"ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭﳏﺎﺳﻨﻪ".
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٤
)(١
ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ( -ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﰲ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﷺ -ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﳍﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ؛ ﻟﻨﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ
ﻭﻧﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﷺ.
ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ...
ﺩ .ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ
dralmazyad@hotmail.com
) (1ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﺰﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﺭﻣﺰﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ
"ﻕ" ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ "ﺥ" ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ "ﻡ" ﻭﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ "ﺩ" ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ "ﺕ" ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ "ﻥ" ،ﻭﺍﺑﻦ
ﻣﺎﺟﻪ "ﺟﻪ" ،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ "ﺣﻢ" .
@ @
– ١٠ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺳﻠﱠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣ ﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺒﻮ ﹸﻝ ﱂ ﻳ ﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
)(١
: ﺏ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﻮﺿﻮ ِﺀ
ﺕ
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍ ِ
ﺐ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧِﻪ ،ﻭﺭﲟﺎ
-١ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ﰲ ﻏﺎﻟ ِ
ِﺑ ﻮﺿﻮ ٍﺀ ﻭﺍﺣ ٍﺪ.
)(٢
-٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﹸﺄ ﺑﺎﹾﻟ ﻤﺪ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﺑﺜﹸﻠﹸﹶﺜﻴ ِﻪ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﺑﺄﺯﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ.
ﻑ
ﺤﺬﱢ ﺭ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍ ِ
ﺻﺒﺎ ﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮ ِﺀ ﻭﻳ
-٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺴ ِﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ
ﻓﻴﻪ.
ﺾ
ﲔ ،ﻭﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ،ﻭﰲ ﺑﻌ ِ
ﲔ ﻣﺮﺗ ِ
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﹸﺄ ﻣﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻣﺮ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﻣﺮﺗ ِ
ﺙ ﹶﻗﻂﱡ.
ﲔ ﻭﺑﻌﻀِﻬﻤﺎ ﺛﻼﹰﺛﺎ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺜﻼ ﹶ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎ ِﺀ ﻣﺮﺗ ِ
ﺾ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻨﺸ ﻖ ﺗﺎﺭﹰﺓ ﺑﻐﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭﹰﺓ ﺑﻐﺮﻓﺘ ِ
ﲔ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭﹰﺓ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ، -٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻀﻤ
ﻕ.
ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻀ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎ ِ
ﲔ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻨﺜ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ.
-٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺸ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤ ِ
ﺾ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸ ﻖ.
– ٧ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﺇﻻ ﲤﻀﻤ
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺴ ﺢ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻪ ﻛﻠﱠﻪ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺒِﻞ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻳ ﺪﺑِﺮ.
– ٩ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺴ ﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺻﻴﺘِﻪ ﹶﻛﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ِﻌ ﻤﺎ ﻣ ِﺔ.
) (1ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ).(١٨٤/١
) (2ﺍﳌ ﱡﺪِ :ﻣﻞﹾﺀ ﻛﻔﱠﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻸﳘﺎ ﻭﻣ ﺪ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻬﺑﻤﺎ) .ﺝ( ﺃﻣﺪﺍﺩ.
@ @
ﺨ ﱠﻔ ﻴ ِﻦ):(١
ﺢ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺴِ
ﺝ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ
ﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﻠ ﹰﺔ،
ﺻ ﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ،ﻭ ﻭﻗﱠ -١
ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺛﻼﺛ ﹶﺔ ﺃﻳﺎ ٍﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺎﻟﻴﻬ ﻦ.
ﺴ ﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﲔ ،ﻭ ﻣ
ﺴ ﺢ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳉ ﻮﺭﺑ ِ -٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺴ ﺢ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫ ﺮ ﺍﳋﹸﻔﱠﻴ ِﻦ ،ﻭ ﻣ
ﺼﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﻴ ِﺔ. ﺍﻟ ِﻌﻤﺎ ﻣ ِﺔ ﻣ ﹾﻘﺘ ِ
ﺿ ﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺎﻩ ،ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﰲ
ﻒ ِ
-٣ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠ
ﺴ ﹶﻞ.
ﺴ ﺢ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺘﲔ ﹶﻏ
ﺍﳋﻔﲔ ﻣ
ﺩ -ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱡﺘﻴ ﱡﻤ ِﻢ):(٢
ﺨ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﺳِﺒ ﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳ -١ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻴﻤﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺭ ِ
ﺖ ﺭ ﺟﻠﹰﺎ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹸﺃ ﻣﺘِﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ﹸﺓ ﹶﻓ ِﻌ ﻨ ﺪﻩ
ﺭﻣﻠﹰﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ » :ﺣ ﻴﹸﺜﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ﺩ ﺭ ﹶﻛ
ﺠﺪﻩ ﻭ ﹶﻃﻬﻮ ﺭ ﻩ«]ﺣﻢ[.
ﺴِﻣ
ﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔ ِﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ،ﻭﻻ ﺃﻣ ﺮ ﺑﻪ.
-٢ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍ
-٣ﻭﱂ ﻳﺼ ﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤ ﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ،ﻭﻻ ﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺑﻪ ،ﺑﻞ ﺃﻃﻠ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤ ﻢ
ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺎ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮ ِﺀ.
ﲔ.
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻴﻤ ﻢ ﺑﻀﺮﺑ ٍﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ٍﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺟ ِﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔ ِ
ﻉ.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ِﺔ ،ﻓﺮﻭﻱ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮ ِ
ﻍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢ ِﺔ ﺃﺧ ﹶﺬ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﹶﻏﻴﺮِﻫﺎ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﻴﻠﹸﻬﺎ -٦ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﺮ ﹶ
ﻂ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ.
ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﳜﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﹶﻔ ٍﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑِﻩ ،ﻭﻳﺘﻮ ﺳ ﹸ
ﲔ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ،ﻭﺻﻠﱠﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻮﺭ ِﺓ
-٧ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺠ ِﺮ ﺑﻨﺤ ِﻮ ﺳﺘ
»ﻕ« ،ﻭﺻﻠﱠﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻮﺭﺓ »ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ« ،ﻭﺻﻠﱠﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻮﺭﺓ ® )#sŒÎ
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻮ ﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌ ِﺔ ﺑــ ®ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ﻢ〈 ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ ،ﻭ® ö≅yδ
ﺻﹶﻠﺎ ٍﺓ.
-١ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳِ ﻄﻴﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ِﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ
ﺖ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺍ ﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻧ ﹶﻔﺴﻪ ﰒ ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ ِﺓ ﺳ ﹶﻜ -٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺮ ﹶ
ﻳ ﺪﻳ ِﻪ ﻭ ﹶﻛﺒ ﺮ ﺭﺍ ِﻛﻌﺎ ،ﻭﻭﺿ ﻊ ﹶﻛﻔﱠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ،
ﻭﻭﺗﺮ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﹶﻓﻨﺤﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺒﻴ ِﻪ ،ﻭﺑﺴﻂ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺪﻝ ﻓﻠﻢ
ﺨ ِﻔﻀﻪ ،ﺑﻞ ﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻇ ﻬ ِﺮ ِﻩ. ﺐ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﺼ
ﻳﻨ ِ
-٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ » :ﺳ ﺒﺤﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺭﺑ ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌﻈِﻴ ِﻢ« ]ﻡ[ ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹸﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ:
ﺤ ﻤ ِﺪﻙ ،ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﹾﻏ ِﻔ ﺮ ﻟِﻲ« ]ﻕ[ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ
ﻚ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭِﺑ
» ﺳ ﺒﺤﺎﻧ
ﺡ« ]ﻕ[. ﺏ ﺍﳌﹶﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ِ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ » :ﺳﺒﱡﻮﺡ ﹸﻗﺪﱡﻭﺱ ﺭ ﱡ
ﺕ ،ﻭﺳﺠﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ، -٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻛﹸﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍ ﺭ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﺎ ٍ
ﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮ ﺩ ﺑﻘﺪ ِﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎ ِﻡ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻠ ﻪ ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮ
ﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ ﺗﻌﺪﻳ ﹸﻞ
ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻼ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴ ِﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ،ﹶﻓ ﻬ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟ
ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻬﺎ.
ﷲ ِﻟ ﻤ ﻦ ﺣ ِﻤ ﺪﻩ] «ﻕ[ ،ﻭﻳ ﺮﹶﻓﻊ -٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻓ ﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﹰﻠﺎ » :ﺳ ِﻤ ﻊ ﺍ ُ
ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺻ ﹾﻠﺒﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﹶﻓ ﻊ ﺭﹾﺃ ﺳﻪِ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮ ِﺩ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻟﹶﺎ
ﺴﺠﻮ ِﺩ« ﺻ ﹶﻠﺎﺓﹲ ﹶﻟﺎ ﻳﻘِﻴ ﻢ ﻓِﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺟ ﹸﻞ ﺻ ﹾﻠﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺮﻛﹸﻮ ِ
ﻉ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱡ ﺠ ِﺰﺉ
ﺗ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ ،«ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻚﺍﹶ]ﺩ ،ﺕ ،ﻥ ،ﺟﻪ[ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺎﻝ » :ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﹶﻟ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ.«ﳊ ﻤﺪ ،«ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻟﻚ ﺍ ﹶ ﻚﺍ ﹶ ﻗﺎﻝ » :ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﹶﻟ
ﻉ ،ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ – ٦ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﻄﻴ ﹸﻞ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﹾﻛ ﻦ ِﺑ ﹶﻘ ﺪ ِﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺮﻛﹸﻮ ِ
ﺽ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﹾﻞ َﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺑ ﻴﻨ ﻬﻤﺎ،
ﺕ ﻭ ِﻣ ﹾﻞ َﺀ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭ ِ
ﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍ ِ ﳊ ﻤﺪِ ﻣ ﹾﻞ َﺀ ﺍﻟ
ﻚﺍﹶ ﻭﹶﻟ
@ @
ﺖ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﺑ ﻌﺪ ،ﹶﺃ ﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺜﻨﺎ ِﺀ ﻭﺍِ ﺪ ،ﹶﺃ ﺣ ﱡﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻭ ِﻣ ﹾﻞ َﺀ ﻣﺎ ِﺷ ﹾﺌ
ﺖ ﻭﹶﻟﺎ ﻣ ﻌ ِﻄ ﻲ ِﻟﻤﺎ
ﻚ ﻋ ﺒﺪ ،ﻟﹶﺎ ﻣﺎِﻧ ﻊ ِﻟﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ﻋ ﹶﻄ ﻴ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﺒ ﺪ ،ﻭ ﹸﻛﱡﻠﻨﺎ ﹶﻟ
ﻚ ﺍﳉ ﱡﺪ« ]ﻡ[. ﳉ ﺪ ِﻣ ﻨ
ﻣﻨ ﻌﺖ ،ﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ ﻨ ﹶﻔﻊ ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍ ﹶ
ﺨ ﺮ ﺳﺎﺟﺪﺍ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻓ ﻊ ﻳ ﺪﻳ ِﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀ ﻊ ﺭ ﹾﻛﺒﺘﻴ ِﻪ – ٧ﰒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ﹶﻜﺒ ﺮ ﻭﻳ ِ
ﰒ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﻫﻤﺎ ،ﰒ ﺟﺒ ﻬﺘﻪ ﻭﹶﺃﻧﻔﹶﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺠ ﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻬِﺘ ِﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻔِﻪ
ﺽ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎ ِﺀ ﺴﺠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ِ ﺩ ﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻛ ﻮ ِﺭ ﺍﻟ ِﻌﻤﺎ ﻣ ِﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳ
)(١
ﺨ ﹶﺬ ِﺓ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺨ ِﻞ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﲔ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﹸ ﻤ ﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﳌﹸﺘ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱢﻄ ِ
ﺍﳊﺼ ِﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬ ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻔ ﺮ ﻭ ِﺓ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﺪﺑﻮ ﹶﻏ ِﺔ.
ﺽ ،ﻭﳓﱠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻋﻦ
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺠ ﺪ ﻣﻜﱠﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭ ِ
ﺽ ِﺇﺑ ﹶﻄﻴ ِﻪ.
ﺟﻨﺒﻴ ِﻪ ،ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺎﳘﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﺎ
– ٩ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀ ﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺣ ﹾﺬ ﻭ ِﻣﻨ ﹶﻜﺒﻴ ِﻪ ﻭﹸﺃﺫﹸﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﹸﻝ ﰲ ﺳﺠﻮﺩﻩ،
ﻑ ﺃﺻﺎﺑ ِﻊ ِﺭ ﺟﹶﻠﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭﻳﺒﺴﻂ ﹶﻛﻔﱠﻴ ِﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ،
ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹸﻞ ﺑﺄﻃﺮﺍ ِ
ﻭﻻ ﻳ ﹶﻔﺮﺝ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻀ ﻬﻤﺎ.
ﺤ ﻤ ِﺪ ﻙ ،ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﹾﻏ ِﻔ ﺮﻟِﻲ«
ﻚ ﺍﻟﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭِﺑ
– ١٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ » :ﺳ ﺒﺤﺎﻧ
ﺡ« ]ﻡ[. ﺏ ﺍ ﹶﳌﻠﹶﺎﺋﻜ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ِ ]ﻕ[ ،ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ » :ﺳﺒﱡﻮﺡ ﹸﻗﺪﱡﻭﺱ ﺭ ﱡ
ﺲ ﻣ ﹾﻔﺘ ِﺮﺷﺎ ﻳ ﹾﻔ ِﺮﺵ
– ١١ﰒ ﻳﺮﻓ ﻊ ﺭﺃ ﺳ ﻪ ﻣ ﹶﻜﺒﺮﺍ ﻏ ﲑ ﺭﺍﻓ ٍﻊ ﻳ ﺪﻳ ِﻪ ،ﰒ ﳚﻠ
ﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ،ﻭﻳﻀ ﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻨ ِ ﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﳚﻠ ﺍﻟﻴ
ﺨ ﹶﺬﻳ ِﻪ ،ﻭﳚﻌﻞ ِﻣ ﺮﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻴ ِﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﹶﺨ ﹶﺬﻳ ِﻪ ،ﻭﻃﺮﻑ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭ ﹾﻛﺒِﺘ ِﻪ، ﹶﻓ ِ
ﺤﻠﱢ ﻖ ﺣ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻘ ﹰﺔ ،ﰒ ﻳﺮﻓ ﻊ ﺃﹸﺻﺒﻌﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻬﺑﺎ ﲔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺃﹶﺻﺎﺑِﻌﻪ ﻭﻳ
ﺾ ﺍﺛﻨﺘ ِ
ﻭﻳﻘﺒ
ﺤﺮﻛﻬﺎ ،ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﹾﻏ ِﻔ ﺮ ﱄ ،ﻭﺍ ﺭ ﺣ ﻤﻨِﻲ ،ﻭﺍ ﺟﺒﺮﻧِﻲ، ﻭﻳـ
ﻭﺍ ﻫ ِﺪﻧِﻲ ،ﻭﺍ ﺭ ﺯ ﹾﻗﻨِﻲ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ ،ﺟﻪ[.
– ١٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﻃﺎﻟ ﹶﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻛ ِﻦ ِﺑ ﹶﻘ ﺪ ِﺭ
ﺴﺠﻮ ِﺩ.
ﺍﻟ
ﺾ
ﺻﺪﻭ ِﺭ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ،ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺨﺬﻳﻪ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧ ﻬ ﺾ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ
– ١٣ﰒ ﻳﻨﻬ
ﺡ ،ﰒ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎ ِ ﺍﻓﺘﺘ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﹶﺓ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳﺴﻜﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴ ﹸﻜ
ﺡ،
ﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎ ِ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﹶﺔ ﻛﺎﻷﻭﱃ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ِﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎ َﺀ :ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮ ِ
ﻭﺗﻜﺒﲑ ِﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺮﺍ ِﻡ ،ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﻴ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ِﺔ ،ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﻴﻠﹸﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ ﹾﻗ ﻊ ﹶﻗ ﺪ ٍﻡ.
ﺴﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺨﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ،ﻭﻳ ﺪﻩ ﺲ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻬ ِﺪ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴ – ١٤ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﹶﻠ
ﺼﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺎ،ﺴﺒﺎﺑ ِﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨ ِ
ﺍﻟﻴ ﻤﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺨﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ،ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟ
ﳋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻴﻤﻬﺎ ،ﺑﻞ ﻳﺤﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻳﺴﲑﺍ ﻭﳛﺮﻛﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺍ ِ
ﺴﺒﺎﺑ ﹶﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻬﺑﺎﺤﻠﱢ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﹶﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻬﺑﺎ ِﻡ ،ﻭﻳﺮﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﻭﺍﻟِﺒﻨﺼﺮ ،ﻭﻳ
ﺼ ِﺮ ِﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ.
ﻭﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺒ
ﺴ ِﺔ ﻭﻳ ﻌﻠﱢ ﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ: ﳉ ﹾﻠ
– ١٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﻬ ﺪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ ِ
ﻚ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨِﺒ ﱡﻲ
ﺴ ﹶﻠﺎ ﻡ ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴ
ﺕ ،ﺍﻟ
ﺼﻠﹶﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻴﺒﺎ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺕ ِ ﺤﻴﺎ »ﺍﻟﺘ ِ
ﲔ،
ﺤ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎِﻟ ِﺴﻠﹶﺎ ﻡ ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻋ ﹶﻠﻰ ِﻋﺒﺎ ِﺩ ﺍ ِ
ﷲ ﻭﺑ ﺮﻛﹶﺎﺗ ﻪ ،ﺍﻟ ﻭ ﺭ ﺣ ﻤ ﹸﺔ ﺍ ِ
ﺤ ﻤﺪﺍ ﻋ ﺒﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﹸﻟ ﻪ« ]ﻕ[ ﷲ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﺷ ﻬﺪ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ ﻣ
ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﻬﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ِﺇﹶﻟ ﻪ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ
@ @
) (1ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﱡﻙ :ﺗﻮﺭﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ :ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭ ِﺭﻛﹶﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑﺔ ،ﻣ
ﺼ ﻮﺑﺎ
ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ،ﻭﺃﻟﺼﻖ ﻭ ِﺭ ﹶﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ
ﺟﻬﺔ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ.
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ١٦
)(١
ﻚ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﳌﺄﹶﺛ ِﻢ ﻭﺍ ﹶﳌ ﻐ ﺮ ِﻡ« ]ﺥ[.
ﺕ ،ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ِﺇﻧﻲ ﹶﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ
ﺍﶈﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎ ِ
ﷲ ،ﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻳﺴﺎ ِﺭ ِﻩ
ﺴﻠﱢ ﻢ ﻋ ﻦ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ :ﺍﻟﺴﻼ ﻡ ﻋﹶﻠﻴ ﹸﻜ ﻢ ﻭ ﺭ ﺣ ﻤﺔﹸ ﺍ ِ
ﰒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ.
ﺴﺘﺘِﺮ ﻭﹶﻟ ﻮ ﺑﺴﻬ ٍﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺎ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ﺮﻛﱢ ﺰ ﺍﳊﺮﺑ ﹶﺔ ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ – ١٧ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺍﳌ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺘ ﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ﻌ ِﺮﺽ ﺭﺍ ِﺣﹶﻠﺘﻪ ﺴ ﹶﻔ ِﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒ ِﺮﻳ ِﺔ ﻓﻴ
ﰲ ﺍﻟ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺁ ِﺧ ﺮِﺗ ِﻪ.
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺧ ﹸﺬ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺣ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻓﻴ ﻌ ِﺪﻟﹸﻪ ﻭﻳ ﹶﻓﻴ
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﺍ ٍﺭ ﺟ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﹶﻗ ﺪ ﺭ ﻣﻤ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ِﺓ ،ﻭﱂ – ١٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺴﺘ ﺮ ِﺓ.
ﺏ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ
ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﻋ ﺪ ِﻣﻨﻪ ،ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ِ
ﺝ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ:(٢) ..
ﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ.
-١ﱂ ﻳ ﹶﻜ ﻦ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪﻳِﻪ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎ
ﺾ ﻋﻴﻨﻴ ِﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ.
-٢ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪِﻳ ِﻪ ﺗﻐﻤﻴ
-٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎ ﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ ﻃﹶﺄ ﹶﻃﹶﺄ ﺭﹾﺃ ﺳﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺧ ﹸﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ
ﺸﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﱯ ﻓﻴﺨ ﱢﻔ ﹸﻔﻬﺎ ﳐﺎﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳ ﺪ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺴﻤ ﻊ ﺑﻜﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﺼ
ﺃﹸ ﻣ ِﻪ.
ﺖ ﺍﺑﻨﺘِﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻪ ،ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺽ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻣ ﹲﻞ ﹸﺃﻣﺎ ﻣ ﹶﺔ ﺑﻨ – ٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮ
ﺲ.
ﺼﻼﱠﻩ ﺣﱴ ﺗ ﹾﻄﻠﹸ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤ
ﺲ ﰲ ﻣ
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺠ ﺮ ﺟﹶﻠ
-٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﷲ ،ﻭﺣ ﺪﻩ ﹶﻟﺎ – ٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺩﺑ ﺮ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ» :ﹶﻟﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻪ ﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﺍ ُ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ ﻭﻫ ﻮ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﹶﻗﺪِﻳﺮ ،ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﻚ ﻭﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹶ ﻚ ﹶﻟﻪ ،ﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﻠ
ﺷ ِﺮﻳ
ﳉ ﺪ ﺖ ﻭﻻ ﻳ ﻨ ﹶﻔﻊ ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍ ﹶ ﺖ ،ﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ ﻌ ِﻄ ﻲ ِﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻨ ﻌ ﹶﻟﺎ ﻣﺎﻧ ﻊ ِﻟﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ﻋ ﹶﻄ ﻴ
ﷲ ،ﻭﹶﻟﺎ ﷲ ،ﹶﻟﺎ ِﺇﹶﻟ ﻪ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُﳉ ﺪ« ]ﻕ[ »ﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﺣ ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﻗﹸ ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺑﺎ ِ ﻚﺍﹶ ِﻣ ﻨ
ﺴﻦ ،ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻪ ﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﺤ ﻀﻞﹸ ،ﻭﹶﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺜﻨﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻧ ﻌﺒﺪِ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺇﻳﺎ ﻩ ،ﹶﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻌ ﻤﺔﹸ ﻭﹶﻟﻪ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻔ
ﲔ ﹶﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳ ﻦ ﻭﹶﻟ ﻮ ﹶﻛ ِﺮ ﻩ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎ ِﻓﺮﻭ ﹶﻥ« ]ﻡ[. ﺼ ﺨ ِﻠ ِ
ﷲ ،ﻣ ﺍُ
ﷲ« ﺏ ﹸﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺩﺑ ﺮ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺻﻼ ٍﺓ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑ ٍﺔ» :ﺳﺒﺤﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ ِ – ٤ﻭﻧ ﺪ
ﱪ« ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ﷲ ﺃﻛ ﷲ« ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ،ﻭ»ﺍ ُ ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ،ﻭ»ﺍﳊﻤ ﺪ ِ
ﻚ ﹶﻟﻪ ،ﹶﻟﻪ
ﷲ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﻩ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺷ ِﺮﻳ
ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ،ﻭﲤﺎ ﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺋ ِﺔ» :ﻻ ﺇﻟ ﻪ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ ﻭﻫ ﻮ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺷ ﻲ ٍﺀ ﻗﹶﺪﻳﺮ.«
ﻚ ﻭﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹶ
ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﻠ
ﻉ ﻭ ِﻗﻴﺎ ِﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ﻴ ِﻞ):(١
ﻫـ -ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄ ﱡﻮ ِ
ﺐ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘِﻪ ،ﻻ
ﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺳﺒ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﻋﺎﻣ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ ِﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮ ِ
-١ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺏ.ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﻨ ﹶﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮ ِ
ﲔ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ
ﻀ ِﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ :ﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ
ﳊ ﺕﰲﺍﹶ ﺸ ِﺮ ﺭﻛﻌﺎ ٍ ﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ -٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺎﻓ ﹸ
ﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺏ ،ﻭﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ ﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻐﺮ ِ ﲔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ِﺮ ،ﻭﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ
ﲔ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺻﻼ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠ ِﺮ.
ﺍﻟﻌِﺸﺎ ِﺀ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ،ﻭﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ
-٣ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻨ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺠ ِﺮ ﺃﺷﺪ ِﻣ ﻦ ﲨﻴ ِﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓ ِﻞ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﰲ ﻀﺮﺍ ﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﺳ ﹶﻔﺮﺍ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﻘﹶﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ
ﻳ ﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻻ ﺣ
ﺍﻟﺴﻔ ِﺮ ﺭﺍﺗﺒ ﹰﺔ ﹶﻏﻴﺮﳘﺎ.
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻄﺠ ﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺠ ِﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷِﻘﻪ ﺍﻷﳝ ِﻦ.
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺎ ،ﻭﳌﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻌﺘﺎ ِﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
-٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ِﺮ ﻗﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼ ِﺮ.
-٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜ ﺮ ﺻﻼﺗِﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ،ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﻗﺎ ِﻋﺪﺍ ،ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻘِﻲ ﻳﺴ ﲑ ِﻣ ﻦ ِﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻗﺎ ﻡ ﻓﺮﻛ ﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ.
ﺴﻠﱢ ﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ،ﰒ ﻳﻮِﺗﺮ ﺕ ،ﻳ
– ٧ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﲦﺎﱐ ﺭﻛﻌﺎ ٍ
ﺲ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺁ ِﺧﺮِﻫ ﻦ ،ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﻳﻮِﺗﺮ ﺑﺘﺴ ِﻊ ﺕ ،ﻻ ﳚﻠ ﺲ ﺳ ﺮﺩﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ٍﲞﻤ ٍ
ﺾ ﻭﻻ ﺴ ِﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨ ِﺔ ،ﰒ ﻳﻨﻬ ﺕ ﻳ
ﺭﻛﻌﺎ ٍ
ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ،ﰒ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ،ﰒ ﻳﻘﻌ ﺪ ﻓﻴﺘﺸﻬ ﺪ ﻭﻳﺴﻠ ﻢ ،ﰒ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲﺴ ِﻊ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ِﺓ ﰒ ﻳ ﺴﻠﱢ ﻢ ،ﺃﻭ ﻳﻮِﺗﺮ ﺑﺴﺒ ٍﻊ ﻛﺎﻟﺘ
ﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳ ﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ
ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ.
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮِﺗﺮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴ ِﻞ ﻭﻭﺳ ﹶﻄﻪ ﻭﺁ ِﺧﺮﻩ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍ ﺟ ﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺁ ِﺧ ﺮ
ﺻﻠﹶﺎِﺗ ﹸﻜ ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻴ ِﻞ ِﻭﺗﺮﺍ« ]ﻕ[.
ﲔ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﺍﻟ ِﻮﺗ ِﺮ ﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ – ٩ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳ
ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍ ﺩ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺮﻛ ﻊ ﻗﺎ ﻡ ﹶﻓ ﺮ ﹶﻛ ﻊ.
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎ ِﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﱵ ﻋﺸﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺭﻛﻌ ﹰﺔ.
– ١٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻧﻮ ﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺟ ﻊ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٢٠
ﺡ.
-١١ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻠ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺂﻳ ٍﺔ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎ ِ
ﺠ ﻬﺮ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﻳﻄﻴ ﹸﻞ
ﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁ ِﻥ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﻳ -١٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ِ
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎ ﻡ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﳜﻔﱢ ﹸﻔ ﻪ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ.
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻄ ﻊ ﺧ ﹾﻄﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺟ ِﺔ ﺗ ﻌ ِﺮﺽ ،ﺃﻭ ﻹﺟﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﹸﻪ ،ﰒ
ﻳﻌﻮ ﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺧ ﹾﻄﺒِﺘ ِﻪ ﹶﻓﻴِﺘﻤﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻧ ﺰ ﹶﻝ ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﳌﻨ ِﱪ ﳊﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ﰒ ﻳﻌﻮ ﺩ،
ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﳊﺎ ِﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﺘِﻪ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ
ﺣﺎﺟ ٍﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻗ ِﺔ ﻭ ﺣﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺧ ﹾﻄﺒِﺘ ِﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ِﺫ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ – ٩ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸ ﲑ ِﺑﺄﹸﺻﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﻟ
ﺴﻘِﻲ ﰲ ﺧ ﹾﻄﺒِﺘ ِﻪ. ﺴﺘ
ﻂ ﺍﳌﻄ ﺮ ﻳ
ﺤﹶ
ﹶﻗ
ﺼﻠﱠﻰ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﺳﻨﺘﻬﺎ،
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺩ ﺧ ﹶﻞ ﻣﱰﹶﻟﻪ ،ﹶﻓ – ١٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺎ.ﺻﻠﱠﺎﻫﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ
@ @
ﺢ« ﻭ»ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺷﻴﺔ«.
ﺖ« ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺘﲔ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺑـ» ﺳﺒ ِ
ﺑـ »ﻕ« ﻭ»ﺍ ﹾﻗﺘ ﺮﺑ ِ
ﺽ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ِﻣﻨﺒ ﺮ.
ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ِ
-٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳜﻄ
ﺱ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺒ ِﺔ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﳚﺘﺰﺋﻮﺍ ﺑﺼﻼ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴ ِﺪ ﻋ ِﻦ
ﺺ ﰲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳉﻠﻮ ِ – ٧ﻭ ﺭ ﺧ
ﺍﳉﹸﻤ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﹶﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴ ﺪ ﻳ ﻮﻣﻬﺎ.
ﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻳ ﻮ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴ ِﺪ.
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟ
@ @
ﺴﻠﱢ ﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﻛﻮﻋِﻪ ،ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﻒ ،ﻭﺗ ﻭﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻗ
ﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻬ ِﺪﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔ ﹸﺔ ﺍ ُﻷ ﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺘﺼﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﹶﺔ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﹶﻠ
ﺕ
ﺖ ﺭﻛﻌﺔﹰ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻬ ِﺪ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺸﻬ ﺪ ﻀ ﺖ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﻗﹶﺎ ﻣ
ﺳﻠﱠﻢ ﻬﺑﻢ.
ﺴﻠﱢﻢ ﻬﺑﻢ ،ﻭﺗﺄﰐ
ﲔ ﻭﻳ
ﲔ ﺭﻛﻌﺘ ِ -٤ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺘ ِ
ﺴﻠﱢﻢ ﻬﺑﻢ.
ﺍﻷُﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﺼﻠﻲ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﻭﻳ
ﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺗ ﹾﻘﻀِﻲﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺘﲔ ﺭﻛﻌ ﹰﺔ ،ﰒ ﺗﺬﻫ -٥ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ،ﻭﲡﻲ ُﺀ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﺼﻠﻲ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺭﻛﻌ ﹰﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ،ﻓﻴﻜﻮ ﹸﻥ
ﻟﻪ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﺎ ِﻥ ،ﻭﳍﻢ ﺭﻛﻌ ﹰﺔ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ.
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٣٠
ﺖ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪﻳِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﳚﺘﻤ ﻊ – ٩ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺗﻌﺰﻳ ﹸﺔ ﹶﺃ ﻫ ِﻞ ﺍﳌﻴ ِ
ﻟﻠﻌﺰﺍ ِﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﹾﺮﹶﺃ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ،ﻻ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺍﻟﻘ ِﱪ ﻭﻻ ﹶﻏﻴ ِﺮ ِﻩ.
ﺱ ،ﺑ ﹾﻞ
– ١٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪِﻳ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﺃ ﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎ ﻡ ﻟﻠﻨﺎ ِ
ﺱ ﳍﻢ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎ. ﺼﻨ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٣٦
ﺕ« ]ﺩ[.
ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﹶﺎ ِ
ﲔ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺴِﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺺ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛ ِ
-٣ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪِﻳ ِﻪ ﲣﺼﻴ
ﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴ ِﺔ. ﺍ َﻷﺻﻨﺎ ِ
ﻉ): (١
ﺻ ﺪ ﹶﻗ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﹶﻄ ﱡﻮ ِ
ﺝ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ
ﺴﺘﻜﺜِﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ
ﺖ ﻳﺪ ﻩ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳ
ﺱ ﺻﺪﻗ ﹰﺔ ِﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﹶﻠ ﹶﻜ -١ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻈ ﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ِ
ﺴﺘ ِﻘﻠﱡﻪ.
ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳ
-٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﹸﻪ ﺃﺣ ﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ،ﻗﻠﻴﻠﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ.
-٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﻓﺮﺣﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻵ ِﺧ ِﺬ ﲟﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ.
ﺝ ﺁﹶﺛ ﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻪ ،ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺑﻄﻌﺎﻣﻪ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ
ﺤﺘﺎ
ﺽ ﻟﻪ ﻣ
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋ ﺮ
ﺑﻠﺒﺎﺳِﻪ.
ﺴﻤﺎ ﺣ ِﺔ.
-٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﺎﹶﻟﻄﹶﻪ ﻻ ﻳ ﻤﻠِﻚ ﻧ ﹾﻔﺴﻪ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ
ﺻ ﺪﹶﻗِﺘ ِﻪ ،ﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺑﺎﳍﺪﻳﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻑ ﺇﻋﻄﺎِﺋ ِﻪ ﻭ ﻉ ﰲ ﺃﺻﻨﺎ ِ -٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻮ
ﺴ ﹾﻠ ﻌ ﹶﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻗ ِﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺑﺎ ِﳍﺒ ِﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺑﺸﺮﺍ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻲ ِﺀ ﰒ ﻳ ﻌﻄِﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋ ﻊ ﺍﻟ
ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻤ ﻦ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺘ ِﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻲ َﺀ ﹶﻓﻴﺮ ﺩ ﺃﻛﺜ ﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺒﻞﹸ ﺍﳍﺪﻳ ﹶﺔ
ﻭﻳﻜﹶﺎِﻓﺊﹸ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜ ﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺖ
ﻕ ،ﻭﹶﺛﺒ
ﺖ ﺍﻟ ﻌﺮﻭ
ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻈ ﻤﺄﹸ ،ﻭﺍﺑﺘ ﱠﻠ ِ
– ٧ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ ﹶﻄ ﺮ » :ﹶﺫ ﻫ
ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﹶﻰ« ]ﺩ[. ﺍ َﻷ ﺟﺮِ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺷﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ُ
ﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ِﺓ،
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺷﻬ ِﺮ ﺭ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎ ﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍ ِ
ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺟﱪﻳ ﹸﻞ ﻳﺪﺍ ِﺭﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹶﻥ ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎ ﹶﻥ.
ﺼ ﺪﹶﻗ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎ ِﻥ ﻭﺗِﻼ ﻭ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ِﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ
– ٩ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﹾﺜ ﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ
ﻑ.ﻭﺍﻟ ﱢﺬ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﻭﺍﻻ ﻋِﺘﻜﹶﺎ ِ
ﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ ﹶﻏﻴﺮﻩ ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺕ ﲟﺎ ﻻ ﻳ
ﺨﺼﻪ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍ ِ
– ١٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﻟﻴﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﹶﺃ ﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟ ِﻮﺻﺎﻝ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ِﺫ ﹶﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ
ﺤ ِﺮ.
ﺴ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟ
ﺡ ﻓِﻲ
ﺤ ﹶﻈﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺎ
ﺏ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻳ
ﺼ ﻮ ِﻡ:
ﺍﻟ
ﺏ،
ﺴﺒﺎ ِ ﺏ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺍ ِ
ﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺴﺒﺎ ِ
ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺨ ِ ﺼ
ﺚ ﻭﺍﻟ -١ﻧﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋ ﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺮﹶﻓ ِ
ﻭﹶﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹶﻝ ِﻟ ﻤ ﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻪِ :ﺇﻧﻲ ﺻﺎﺋ ﻢ.
ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ.
-٢ﻭﺳﺎﹶﻓ ﺮ ﰲ ﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﹶﻓﺼﺎ ﻡ ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ ﹶﻄ ﺮ ،ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮ ﹶﺃ
-٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟ ِﻔ ﹾﻄ ِﺮ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺩﻧﻮﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﻌ ﺪﻭ.
ﺤ ﱟﺪ.
-٤ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪِﻳ ِﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳ ﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳ ﹾﻔ ِﻄﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋ ﻢ ِﺑ
ﺴ ﹶﻔ ﺮ ﻳ ﹾﻔ ِﻄﺮﻭﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻏﻴ ِﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎ ِﺭ ﳎﺎﻭﺯ ِﺓ
ﺸﺌﹸﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ -٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑ ﹸﺔ ِﺣ
ﲔ ﻳﻨ ِ
ﺕ ،ﻭﳜﱪﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ. ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮ ِ
@ @
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻮ ﻡ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻏﹸ ﺮ ِﺓ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺷ ﻬ ٍﺮ ﺛﻼﺛ ﹶﺔ ﺃﻳﺎ ٍﻡ.
ﺻﻴﺎ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺪ ﻫ ِﺮ«
ﺻﻴﺎ ﻣﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻊ ﺭ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳ ﻌ ِﺪﻝﹸ ِ
-٥ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺷﻮﺍﻝِ » :
ﺤﺮﻯ ﺻﻮ ﻡ ﻳﻮ ِﻡ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺭﺍ َﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋ ِﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎ ِﻡ ،ﻭﺃﺧﱪ ]ﻡ[ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘ
ﺃﻥ ﺻﻮﻣﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ]ﻡ[.
ﺴﻨ ﹶﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎ ِﻗﻴ ﹶﺔ« ]ﻡ[،
ﺻﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﻳ ﹶﻜ ﱢﻔﺮ ﺍﻟ -٦ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ » :
ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪِﻳ ِﻪ ﺇﻓﻄﺎ ﺭ ﻳﻮ ِﻡ ﻋ ﺮﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ِﺑ ﻌ ﺮﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ.
– ٧ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻴﺎ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ،ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻣ ﻦ ﺻﺎ ﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺪ ﻫ ﺮ ﻻ
ﺻﺎ ﻡ ﻭﹶﻟﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ ﹶﻄ ﺮ« ]ﻥ[.
ﻉ ﰒ ﻳ ﹾﻔﻄِﺮ ،ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳ ﺪ ﺧ ﹸﻞ ﻋﹶﻠﻰ
ﺻ ﻮ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮ ِ
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻨﻮﻱ
ﹶﺃ ﻫِﻠ ِﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ » :ﻫ ﹾﻞ ِﻋ ﻨ ﺪ ﹸﻛ ﻢ ﺷﻲﺀٌ؟« ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ :ﻟﹶﺎ ،ﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇﻧﻲ ِﺇﺫﹰﺍ
ﺻﺎِﺋﻢ] «ﻡ[.
– ٩ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺩﻋِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﹶﻃﻌﺎ ٍﻡ ﻭﻫ ﻮ ﺻﺎِﺋﻢ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠﻴ ﹸﻘ ﹾﻞِ :ﺇﻧﻲ
ﺻﺎِﺋﻢ] «ﻡ[.
ﻑ): (١
ﺩ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻻ ﻋِﺘﻜﹶﺎ ِ
-١ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﺘ ِﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺸ ﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺧ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺭﻣﻀﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ﺰ
ﻭﺟ ﱠﻞ ،ﻭﺗ ﺮ ﹶﻛﻪ ﻣ ﺮ ﹰﺓ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻀﺎ ﻩ ﰲ ﺷﻮﺍ ﹶﻝ.
ﺸ ِﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍ ِﺧ ِﺮ
ﻂ ،ﰒ ﺍﻟ ﻌ
ﺸ ِﺮ ﺍﻷُﻭﻝ ،ﰒ ﺍ َﻷ ﻭ ﺳ ِ
ﻒ ﻣﺮ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﻌ
-٢ﻭﺍ ﻋﺘ ﹶﻜ
) (1ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ).(٨٢/٢
@ @
ﺞ): (١
ﺤ
ﺏ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺠ ﹰﺔ
ﺤﺞ ﺇﻻ ﺣ
ﺽ ﺍﳊ ﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺩ ﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻏ ِﲑ ﺗﺄﺧ ٍﲑ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳ -١ﻟـﻤﺎ ﻓﹸ ِﺮ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭ ﺣ ﺞ ﻗﺎﺭﻧﺎ.
ﻚ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ِﺮ ﹸﺛﻢ ﻟﺒّﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ» :ﹶﻟﺒ ﻴ ﺴ ِ -٢ﻭﺃﻫ ﱠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ
ﻚﻚ ﻭﺍﳌﹸ ﹾﻠ ﳊ ﻤ ﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ ﻌ ﻤ ﹶﺔ ﹶﻟ ﻚِ ،ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍ ﹶﻚ ﹶﻟﺒ ﻴ
ﻚ ﹶﻟ
ﻚ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺷﺮِﻳ ﻚ ،ﹶﻟﺒ ﻴ
ﹶﻟﺒ ﻴ
ﺻ ﻮﺗﻪ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴ ِﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳ ِﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻚ« ]ﻡ[ ،ﻭ ﺭﹶﻓ ﻊ ﻚ ﹶﻟ ﻻ ﺷﺮِﻳ
ﷲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﺮﹶﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ِﺰ ﻡ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺘ ﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﹶﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ِﺑﹶﺄ ﻣ ِﺮ ﺍ ِ
ﺱ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻨ ِﻘﺼﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨ ِﻜﺮ ﻋﹶﻠﻴ ِﻬ ﻢ. ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎ
ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺣﺮﺍ ِﻡ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺎ ِﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ ِﺔ ،ﰒ ﻧ ﺪﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ -٣ﻭﺧﻴﺮ ﺃ
ﺩﻧﻮﻫﻢ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻜﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺴ ِﺦ ﺍﳊ ﺞ ﻭﺍﻟ ِﻘﺮﺍ ِﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ِﺓ ِﻟ ﻤ ﻦ ﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ
ﻱ.ﻣﻌﻪ ﻫ ﺪ
ﺝ ،ﻭ ِﺯﻣﺎﹶﻟﺘﻪ ﲢﺘﻪ
ﺤ ﻤ ٍﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻫ ﻮ ﺩ ٍ
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺣﻞ؛ ﻻ ﰲ ﻣ
ﺃﻱ :ﻃﹶﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﻋﻪ.
ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲟﻜ ﹶﺔ ﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻫﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻤ ﺮ ﹰﺓ
ﺾ ﺇﱃ ﻱ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘِﻴ ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﻣﻪ ،ﰒ ﻧ ﻬ
ﻭﳛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﻣﻪ ،ﻭ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻫ ﺪ
ﺕ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻷﺣ ِﺪ ﻷﺭﺑ ٍﻊ ﺧ ﹾﻠ ﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺫِﻱ ﺍﳊﺠ ِﺔﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻧ ﺰ ﹶﻝ ﺑﺬﻱ ﹸﻃﻮﻯ ،ﻓﺒﺎ
ﻭﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺒ ﺢ ،ﰒ ﺍﻏﺘﺴ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ ،ﻭﺩﺧ ﹶﻞ ﻣﻜ ﹶﺔ ﻬﻧﺎﺭﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺃﻋﻼﻫﺎ
ﺸ ِﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺠﻮ ِﻥ. ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﻴ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ﻌ ﹾﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ
) (1ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ).(٩٦/٢
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٤٦
ﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠ ِﺪ ،ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎﺖ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺮ ﹶﻛ ﻊ ﺗ ِ
ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻋﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴ ِ
ﺣﺎﺫﹶﻯ ﺍﳊﺠ ﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻮ ﺩ ﺍ ﺳﺘﹶﻠ ﻤﻪ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳﺰﺍ ِﺣ ﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﰒ ﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ ﻋ ﻦ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ،
ﺏ ﺑﺪﻋﺎ ٍﺀ ،ﻭﻻ ﲢﺖ ﺖ ﻋ ﻦ ﻳﺴﺎ ِﺭ ِﻩ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺪﻉِ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎ ِ
ﻭ ﺟ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴ
ﻆ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻨﲔ: ﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﹶﻇ ﻬ ِﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒ ِﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻧِﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺣِ ﻔ ﹶ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍ ِ
ﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ِﺭ«، ﺴﻨ ﹰﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻵ ِﺧ ﺮ ِﺓ ﺣ
ﺴﻨ ﹰﺔ ِﻭ ِﻗﻨﺎ ﻋﺬﹶﺍ » ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺁِﺗﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡﻧﻴﺎ ﺣ
ﻑ ِﺫ ﹾﻛﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ.ﺖ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﺍ ِﻭﱂ ﻳ ﻮﱢﻗ
ﺴﺮِﻉ ﰲ ﻭ ﺭ ﻣ ﹶﻞ ﰲ ﻃﻮﺍﻓِﻪ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻮﺍﻁ ﺍﻷُﻭﻝ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺠ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻃ ﺮﹶﻓﻴ ِﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃ ﺣ ِﺪ
ﺸﻴِﻪ ،ﻭﻳﻘﺎ ِﺭﺏ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﻩ ،ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺒ ﻊ ِﺑ ِﺮﺩﺍِﺋ ِﻪ ﹶﻓ ﻣ
ﹶﻛِﺘ ﹶﻔﻴ ِﻪ ﻭﹶﺃﺑﺪﻯ ﹶﻛِﺘ ﹶﻔﻪ ﺍ ُﻷ ﺧﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻨ ِﻜﺒﻪ.
ﻭ ﹸﻛﱠﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﺫﹶﻯ ﺍﳊﺠ ﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻮ ﺩ ﺃﺷﺎ ﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳﺘﹶﻠ ﻤﻪِ ﺑﻤﺤ
ﺠﻨِﻪ ﻭﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ
ﷲ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻛﺒ ﺮ«. ﺱ – ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍ ُ ﺤِﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ِ
ﺍ ﹾﶈﺠﻦ – ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣ
ﻭﺍ ﺳﺘﹶﻠ ﻢ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﹾﻛ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎِﻧ ﻲ ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﹶﻘﺒ ﹾﻠ ﻪ ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﹶﻘﺒ ﹾﻞ ﻳ ﺪﻩِ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺍ ﺳﺘِﻼﻣِﻪ.
ﷲ
] 〈 «!$# ÌÍ←!$yèx© ⎯ÏΒ nοuρöyϑø9$#uρﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ» ،[١٥٩ :ﹶﺃﺑﺪﹸﺃ ِﺑﻤﺎ ﺑ ﺪﹶﺃ ﺍ ُ
ﷲ ﻭ ﹶﻛﺒﺮﻩﺖ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠ ﹶﺔ ﻓ ﻮ ﺣ ﺪ ﺍ َ ِﺑ ِﻪ« ،ﹸﺛﻢ ﺭﻗﹶﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﺍﹾﻟﺒﻴ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ ﻭﻫ ﻮﻚ ﻭﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹶ ﻚ ﹶﻟﻪ ،ﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﻠ ﷲ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮِﻳ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍ ُ
ﺼ ﺮ ﻋ ﺒﺪﻩ
ﺠ ﺰ ﻭ ﻋ ﺪﻩ ﻭﻧ ﷲ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﻩ ﹶﺃﻧ
ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ،ﹶﻻ ﺇﻟ ﻪ ﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺍ ُ
ﺏ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻩ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ ،ﻥ ،ﺟﻪ[ .ﰒ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺫﻟﻚ .ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻫ ﺰ ﻡ ﺍﻷ ﺣﺰﺍ
ﺕ. ﺙ ﻣﺮﺍ ٍ
ﻣﺜ ﹶﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺛﻼ ﹶ
ﺼﺒﺖ ﻗﺪﻣﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺑﻄﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺳ ﻌﻰ ﹸﺛﻢ ﻧ ﺰ ﹶﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﻭ ِﺓ ﳝﺸﻲ ،ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻧ
ﻀ ﺮِﻳ ِﻦ
ﺻﻌﺪ ﻣﺸﻰ – ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﲔ ﺍ ِﳌﻴﹶﻠﻴ ِﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ﺧ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﻭ ﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻭﹶﺃ
ﺱ.– ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ ﺳ ﻌﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﺎ ،ﰒ ﹶﺃﺗ ﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ِﻛﺒﺎ ﳌﺎ ﹶﻛﺜﹸ ﺮ ﻋﹶﻠﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ
ﺖ ،ﻭ ﹶﻛﺒ ﺮ ﺍﷲ
ﺻ ﹶﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﻭ ِﺓ ﺭﻗﹶﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭ
ﺼﻔﹶﺎ.
ﻭ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﻩ ﻭﹶﻓ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻛ ﻤﺎ ﹶﻓ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ
ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺳ ﻌﻴﻪ ِﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻭ ِﺓ ،ﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﹸﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻻ ﻫﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺤ ﱠﻞ
ﳊﻞﱠ ﹸﻛﻠﱠﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ،ﻗﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﻣ ﹾﻔ ِﺮﺩﺍ. ﺍِ
ﺖ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﻣﺮِﻱ ﻣﺎ
ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﳛ ﹼﻞ ﻫﻮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﺟ ِﻞ ﻫ ﺪﻳِﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻟﹶﻮ ﺍ ﺳﺘ ﹾﻘﺒ ﹾﻠ
ﺠ ﻌ ﹾﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻤ ﺮ ﹰﺓ« ]ﻕ[.
ﻱ ﻭﹶﻟ
ﺖ ﺍ ﹶﳍ ﺪ ﺕ ﹶﻟﻤﺎ ﺳ ﹾﻘ
ﺍ ﺳﺘ ﺪﺑ ﺮ
ﺤﻠﱢﻘﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻠ ﻤ ﹶﻘﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮ ﹰﺓ.
ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻟﻠ ﻤ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻣِﻪ ﲟﻜ ﹶﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﲟﱰﻟِﻪ ِﺑﻈﹶﺎ ِﻫ ِﺮ ﻣﻜ ﹶﺔ
ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٤٨
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ِﻘﺒﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭ ﺟ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺣﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺸﺎ ِﺓ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻳ ﺪﻳ ِﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺑﻌِﲑﻩ ،ﻓﹶﺄ ﺧ ﹶﺬ
ﺲ.
ﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻤ ِ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﺑِﺘﻬﺎ ِﻝ ﺇﱃ ﹸﻏﺮﻭ ِ
ﺱ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﺮﹶﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑ ﹾﻄ ِﻦ ﻋ ﺮﻧ ﹶﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻭ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻔﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ
ﻭ ﻋ ﺮ ﹶﻓﺔﹸ ﹸﻛﻠﱡﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻮ ِﻗﻒ] «ﻡ[.
ﲔ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ: ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﰲ ﺩﻋﺎِﺋ ِﻪ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺪﺭ ِﻩ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻄﻌﺎ ِﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻜ ِ
» ﺧ ﻴﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺪﻋﺎ ِﺀ ﺩﻋﺎ ِﺀ ﻳ ﻮ ِﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭ ﺧ ﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠ
ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗ ﺒﻠِﻲ :ﻟﹶﺎ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻚ ﻭﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹶ ﻚ ﹶﻟﻪ ،ﹶﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠ ﷲ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﻩ ﹶﻟﺎ ﺷﺮِﻳ ﺇﻟ ﻪ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ
ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﹶﻗﺪِﻳﺮ] «ﺕ[.
ﺚ ﹶﺫ ﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼ ﹾﻔ ﺮ ﹸﺓ،
ﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﹶﻢ ﻏﺮﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﲝﻴ ﹸ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﹶﻏ ﺮﺑ ِ
ﺿ ﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ِﺯﻣﺎ ﻡ
ﺽ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﺮﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨ ِﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ِﺩﻓﹰﺎ ﺃﺳﺎﻣ ﹶﺔ ﺑ ﻦ ﺯﻳ ٍﺪ ﺧ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻔﻪ ،ﻭ
ﺃﻓﺎ
ﺱ
ﻑ ﺭ ﺣِﻠ ِﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﹶﺃﱡﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺐ ﹶﻃ ﺮ ﻧﺎﻗﺘِﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺭﺃ ﺳﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺼِﻴ
ﻉ« ]ﺥ[ ،ﺃﻱ :ﻟﻴﺲ ﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻀﺎ ِ ﺴﻜِﻴﻨﺔِ؛ ﹶﻓِﺈ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟِﺒ ﺮ ﹶﻟ ﻴ ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴ ﹸﻜ ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟ
ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺮﺍﻉ.
ﺐ ،ﰒ ﺟ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺿ ﱟﺽ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻃﺮِﻳ ِﻖ ﺍﳌﹶﺄ ِﺯ ﻣﻴ ِﻦ ،ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺮﻓ ﹶﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻃﹶﺮﻳ ِﻖ
ﻭﺃﻓﺎ
ﺴﻌﺎ
ﺴﺮِﻳ ِﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄِﻲﺀ – ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭ ﺟ ﺪ ﻣﺘ ﻳﺴ ﲑ ﺍﻟ ﻌﻨ ﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ – ﺍﻟﺴ ﲑ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﺍﻟ
ﻉ.
ﺃ ﺳ ﺮ
ﻭﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﹶﻠﺒﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺴﲑِﻩ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭﻧﺰ ﹶﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳ ِﻖ ﻓﺒﺎ ﹶﻝ
ﺼﻞﹼ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣ ﺰ ﺩِﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺔ ﻓﺘﻮﺿﹶﺄ ﻭﺗﻮﺿﹶﺄ ﻭﺿﻮﺀًﺍ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﹰﺎ ،ﰒ ﺳﺎ ﺭ ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ
ﻂ
ﺏ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺣ ﱢ ﺼﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﳌﻐﺮ ﻭﺿﻮ َﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ ،ﰒ ﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﺫﺍ ِﻥ ﰒ ﺃﻗﺎ ﻡ ،ﹶﻓ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٥٠
ﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ﹸﺓ ،ﰒﳉﻤﺎ ِﻝ ،ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ﻤﺎ ﺣﻄﱡﻮﺍ ِﺭﺣﺎﳍﻢ ﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻓﺄﻗﻴﻤ ِﻚﺍِ ﺍﻟ ﺮﺣﺎ ِﻝ ﻭﺗﺒﺮِﻳ ِ
ﺼﻞﹼ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ،ﰒ ﻧﺎ ﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ َﺀ ﺑﺈﻗﺎﻣ ٍﺔ ﺑﻼ ﺃﺫﺍ ٍﻥ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ
ﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠ ﹶﺔ.
ﺃﺻﺒ ﺢ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳﺤﻲ ﺗﻠ
ﻀ ﻌ ﹶﻔ ِﺔ ﺃ ﻫِﻠ ِﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘ ﹶﻘ ﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ
ﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻤ ِﺮ ِﻟ
ﻭﹶﺃ ِﺫ ﹶﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠ ِﺔ ِﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻏﻴﺎ ِ
ﺸﻤﺲ. ﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ،ﻭﹶﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﹶﺃﻟﱠﺎ ﻳ ﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻄﻠﹸ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ِﻣﻨﻰ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﹸﻃﹸﻠﻮ ِ
ﺐ
ﺖ ﺑﺄﺫﺍ ٍﻥ ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣ ٍﺔ ،ﰒ ﺭ ِﻛ ﺻﻠﱠﺎﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺃ ﻭ ِﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ ِ ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﻃﻠ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺠ ﺮ
ﺱ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻣ ﺰ ﺩِﻟﻔﹶﺔ ﹸﻛﻠﱠﻬﺎ
ﳊﺮﺍ ِﻡ ﻭﺃﻋﻠ ﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺸ ﻌ ِﺮ ﺍ ﹶ
ﺣﺘﻰ ﹶﺃﺗﻰ ﻣ ﻮِﻗﻔﹶﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ ﹶﳌ
ﻒ ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠ ﹶﺔ ﻭﺃﺧ ﹶﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎ ِﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒ ِﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﻠﻴ ِﻞ ﻣﻮِﻗ
ﺲ ﻣ ﺮ ِﺩﻓﹰﺎ
ﺸ ﻤ ِ
ﻉ ﺍﻟ
ﻭﺍﻟ ﱢﺬ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﺣﱴ ﺃ ﺳ ﹶﻔ ﺮ ِﺟﺪﺍ ،ﰒ ﺳﺎ ﺭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﺰ ﺩِﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺔ ﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﹸﻃﻠﹸﻮ ِ
ﻟﻠﻔﻀ ِﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ.
ﻂ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺼﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺎ ِﺭ ،ﺳﺒ ﻊ ﺱ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﹾﻠﻘﹸ ﹶ
ﻭﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﺑ ﻦ ﻋﺒﺎ ٍ
ﻀ ﻬﻦ ﰲ ﹶﻛ ﱢﻔ ِﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝِ» :ﺑﹶﺄ ﻣﺜﹶﺎ ِﻝ ﻫﺆﻻ ِﺀ ﻓﺎ ﺭﻣﻮﺍﺠ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﻳﻨ ﹸﻘ
ﺣﺼﻴﺎﺕٍ؛ ﹶﻓ
ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﹸﻢ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻐ ﹸﻠ ﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ] «...ﻥ ،ﺟﻪ[.
ﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻖ ﺍﻟ ﻮ ﺳﻄﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺴﻴ ﺮ ،ﻭﺳﻠ ﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺤﺴﺮ ﺃﺳﺮ ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﹶﺃﺗﻰ ﺑ ﹾﻄ ﻦ ﻣ
ﻉﰲ ﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜﺒﺮﻯ ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ِﻣﻨﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﹶﻠﺒﻲ ﺣﱴ ﺷﺮ ﲣﺮ
ﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲِ ،ﻣ ﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺮﻣﻲ ،ﹶﻓ ﺮﻣﻰ ﲨﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒ ِﺔ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﻠﻮ ِ
ﺖ ﻋ ﻦ ﻳﺴﺎ ِﺭ ِﻩ ﻭﻣﻨﻰ ﻋ ﻦ ﳝﻴﻨِﻪ ،ﻳ ﹶﻜﺒ ﺮ ﻣ ﻊ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺣﺼﺎ ٍﺓ.
ﻭﺟﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴ
ﺱ ﺧ ﹾﻄﺒ ﹰﺔ ﺑﻠﻴﻐ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃ ﻋﹶﻠ ﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣ ِﺔ ﻳﻮ ِﻡ
ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ
ﰒ ﺭﺟ ﻊ ِﻣﻨﻰ ﻓﺨﻄ
ﺤ ِﺮ ﻭﻓﻀﻠِﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﻣ ِﺔ ﻣﻜ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭﺃ ﻣ ﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤ ِﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋ ِﺔ ﳌﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨ
@ @
ﺤ ﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ
ﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺤ ِﺮ ﲟﻨﻰ ﻓﻨ ﺏ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭ ﻋﱠﻠ ﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ِﺳ ﹶﻜﻬﻢ ،ﰒ ﺍﻧﺼﺮ ﺑﻜﺘﺎ ِ
ﻭﺳﺘﲔ ﺑ ﺪﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﺪِﻩ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺤﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ،ﰒ
ﻕ ﻬﺑﺎ
ﺼ ﺪ
ﻚ ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺤ ﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺋ ِﺔ ،ﰒ ﺃﻣ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺘ
ﺃﻣﺴ
ﲔ ﻭﺃﱠﻟﺎ ﻳ ﻌﻄِﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍ ﺭ ﰲ ِﺟﺰﺍ ﺭﺗِﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛ ِ
ﺤ ﺮ ،ﻭِﻓﺠﺎﺝ ﻣﻜ ﹶﺔ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻭﻣﻨﺤ ﺮ.
ﻭﹶﺃ ﻋﹶﻠ ﻤﻬﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ِﻣﻨﻰ ﹸﻛﻠﱠﻬﺎ ﻣﻨ
ﺸ ﻖ ﺍﻷﳝ ِﻦ، ﺤﹶﻠ ﻖ ﺭﺃ ﺳﻪ ﹶﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟ
ﳊﻠﱠﺎﻕ ﹶﻓ
ﺤ ﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺍ ﹶ
ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ﻤ ﹶﻞ ﻧ
ﺴ ﻤ ﻪ
ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎ ﻩ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻃﻠﺤ ﹶﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ،ﻓﺪﻓ ﻊ ﺷ ﻌ ﺮﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﰊ ﻃﻠﺤ ﹶﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍ ﹾﻗ ِ
ﺱ« ]ﻕ[. ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ِ
ﺼﺮِﻳﻦ ﻣ ﺮ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭ ﹶﻃﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﺋﺸ ﹸﺔ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ
ﺤﱢﻠﻘِﲔ ﺑﺎ ﹶﳌ ﻐ ِﻔ ﺮ ِﺓ ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹰﺎ،ﻭﻟِﻠﻤ ﹶﻘ
ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻟﻠ ﻤ
ﺤﻞﱠ. ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ِ
ﺿ ِﺔ ،ﻭﱂ ﺽ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ِﺮ ﺭﺍﻛﺒﺎ ،ﻓﻄﺎﻑ ﻃﻮﺍ
ﻑ ﺍﻹﻓﹶﺎ ﰒ ﺃﻓﺎ
ﻉ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ
ﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍ ِ
ﺴ ﻊ ﻣﻌﻪ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﺮ ﻣ ﹾﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﻃﻮﺍ ِ
ﻒ ﹶﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﱂ ﻳ
ﻳ ﹸﻄ
ﺭ ﻣ ﹶﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭ ِﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺴﻘﹸﻮﻥ ،ﻓﻨﺎﻭﻟﹸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟ ﺪﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﰒ ﹶﺃﺗﻰ ﺯ ﻣ ﺰ ﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻗﹶﻀﻰ ﻃﻮﺍﹶﻓ ﻪ ﻭ ﻫ ﻢ ﻳ
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﻒ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺕ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺧﺘِﻠ ﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﺋ ﻢ ،ﰒ ﺭﺟ ﻊ ﺇﱃ ِﻣﻨﻰ ﻓﺒﺎ ﺸ ِﺮ
ﹶﻓ
ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ﺮ ِﺑﻤﻨﻰ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﺑ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬٍ؛ ﻓﹶﻨﻘ ﹶﻞ ﺍﺑ ﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ
ﺻﻠﱠﺎﻩ ﲟﻜ ﹶﺔ. ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸ ﹸﺔ
ﺲ ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﹶﺖ ﻣﺸﻰ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺭ ﺣﻠِﻪ ﺇﱃ
ﺸ ﻤ ِ
ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺻﺒ ﺢ ﺍﻧﺘﻈ ﺮ ﺯﻭﺍ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟ
ﻒ،
ﳋﻴ ِ
ﺠ ﺪ ﺍ ﹶ
ﺴِ ﺐ ،ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻲ ﻣ ﺍﳉﻤﺎ ِﺭ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺮ ﹶﻛ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٥٢
ﷲ ﺃ ﹾﻛﺒﺮ.«
ﺕ ،ﻳﻘﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻣ ﻊ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺣﺼﺎ ٍﺓ» :ﺍ ُ
ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺒ ٍﻊ ﺣﺼﻴﺎ ٍ
ﺴﺘ ﹾﻘِﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ِﻘﺒﻠﹶﺔ ﰒ
ﰒ ﺗﻘ ﺪ ﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺮ ِﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺳﻬ ﹶﻞ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﻣ
ﺭﻓ ﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺩﻋﺎ ًﺀ ﻃﻮﻳﹰﻠﺎ ﺑﻘﺪ ِﺭ ﺳﻮﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ِﺓ.
ﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎ ِﺭ
ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﻟ ﻮ ﺳﻄﹶﻰ ﹶﻓ ﺮﻣﺎﻫﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﰒ ﺍﳓﺪ ﺭ ﺫﺍ
ﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻘِﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻘِﺒﻠ ِﺔ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻭﻗﹸﻮﻓِﻪ
ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ،ﻓﻮﻗ
ﺍﻷﻭ ِﻝ.
ﻱ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜ ﹶﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺒﻄﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍ ِﺩ
ﺕ
ﺖ ﻋ ﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭِﻩ ﻭ ِﻣﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺒ ِﻊ ﺣﺼﻴﺎ ٍ
ﺍﳉﹶﻤﺮﺓ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ.
ﻒ ِﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ.
ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﻣ ﻲ ﺭ ﺟ ﻊ ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ِﻘ
ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ﺮ ﹸﺛﻢ ﻳ ﺮﺟِﻊ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻈﻦ ﹶﺃﻧ ﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ﺮﻣِﻲ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﻭﻏﺎﻟ
ﺖ ﲟﻜ ﹶﺔ ﻟﻴﺎﱄ ِﻣﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃ ﺟ ِﻞ ِﺳﻘﹶﺎﻳِﺘ ِﻪ. ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ِﺫ ﹶﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎ ِ
ﺱ ﺑﺎﳌﺒﻴ ِ ﹶﻓﻴ
ﺠ ﹾﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ،ﺑﻞ ﺗﹶﺄ ﺧ ﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺭ ﻣ ﻲ ﹶﺃﻳﺎ ِﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘ ﻌ
ﺼﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼ ﺮ ﺐ ،ﹶﻓ ﺼ ِﺤ ﺽ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬ ِﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﹸ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ ِﺔ ،ﻭﺃﻓﺎ
ﻉ ﻟﻴﹰﻠﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻮﺩﺍ ِ
ﺾ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻓﻄﺎ ﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ َﺀ ،ﻭ ﺭﹶﻗ ﺪ ﺭﻗﺪ ﹰﺓ ﰒ ﻧ ﻬ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮ
ﺖ ،ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ﻢ
ﺿ ﺼ ِﻔﻴ ﹶﺔ ﳌﱠﺎ ﺣﺎ
ﺺ ِﻟ
ﻑ ،ﻭ ﺭ ﺧ
ﺤﺮﺍ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺮ ﻣ ﹾﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍ ِ ﺳ
ﻉ.
ﻒ ﻟﻠﻮﺩﺍ ِ ﺗ ﹸﻄ
ﺤﺒ ِﺔ ﺃﺧﻴﻬﺎﺴﻬﺎ ِﺑﺼ ﻭﹶﺃ ﻋ ﻤ ﺮ ﻋﺎﺋﺸ ﹶﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠ ﹶﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺗﻄﹾﻴﻴﺒﺎ ﻟﻨﻔ ِ
ﺻﺤﺎِﺑ ِﻪ،
ﺖ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﻤ ﺮﺗِﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﹰﻠﺎ ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺮﺣِﻴ ِﻞ ﰲ ﹶﺃ
ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ،ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﹶﻓ ﺮ ﹶﻏ
@ @
ﺱ.
ﺤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ
ﻓﹶﺎ ﺭﺗ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٥٤
ﺴﻤﻲ
– ٧ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﳓ ﺮ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎ ،ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﹶﺔ ﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺤ ِﺮ ِﻩ ،ﻭﻳ ﹶﻜﺒﺮ.
ﺍﷲ ِﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻧ
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺬﺑ ﺢ ﻧﺴﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺪِﻩ ،ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻭﻛﱠ ﹶﻞ ﰲ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ.
ﺻﻔﹶﺎﺣِﻬﺎ ،ﰒ ﺳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﹶﻛﺒ ﺮ
– ٩ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹶﺫﺑ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻨ ﻢ ﻭﺿ ﻊ ﹶﻗ ﺪ ﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ِ
ﺤ ﺮ.
ﻭﻧ
ﺿﺤﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﺰ ﻭﺩﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺡ ﻷﻣﺘِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﹸﻠﻮﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻭ
-١٠ﻭﺃﺑﺎ
ﺴ ﻢ ﻟﹸﺤﻮ ﻡ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ،ﻭ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻣ ﻦ ﺷﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ﹾﻗﺘ ﹶﻄ ﻊ«.
– ١١ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﹶﻗ
-١٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪﻳِﻪ ﹶﺫﺑﺢ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ِﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺀ ِﺓ ،ﻭﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘِﺮﺍ ِﻥ
ﲟﻨﻰ.
ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﺤﺮ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﹶﻗﻂﱡ ﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺣﻞﱠ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻨﺤﺮﻩ – ﺃﻳﻀﺎ – ﺇﻟﱠﺎ
ﻉ
ﺲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟ ﺮﻣﻲ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﺮﺧﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺤ ِﺮ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﻃﻠﻮ ِ ﻉ ﺍﻟ
ﺸ ﻤ ِ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﻃﻠﻮ ِ
ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟﺒﺘ ﹶﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻤ ِ
ﺏ -ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺿﺎﺣِﻲ): (١
ﻀﺤﻲ ﺑﻜﺒﺸﲔ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺤﺮﳘﺎ -١ﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ﻳ ﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﺿﺤﻴ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺸﺮِﻳ ِﻖ ﹶﺫﺑﺢ] «ﺣﻢ[.
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺃﻳﺎ ِﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ
ﻚ ﰲ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ،
ﺲ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﱡﻨﺴِ
ﺢ ﹶﻗ ﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ِﺓ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ﻴ
-٢ﻭﹶﺃ ﺧﺒ ﺮ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻣ ﻦ » ﹶﺫﺑ
ﺤﻢ ﹶﻗ ﺪ ﻣﻪَ ﻷ ﻫ ِﻠ ِﻪ« ]ﻕ[.
ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫ ﻮ ﹶﻟ
ﻉ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺄ ِﻥ – ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﹶﺃﺗ ﻢ ﺳﺘ ﹶﺔ ﺃﺷﻬ ٍﺮ –
ﳉ ﹶﺬ
-٣ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﹾﺬﺑﺤﻮﺍ ﺍ ﹶ
ﺲ ِﺳِﻨﻴ ﻦ،
ﻭﺍﻟﱠﺜِﻨﻲِ ﻣﻤﺎ ِﺳﻮﺍ ﻩ – ﻭﺍﻟﺜﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑ ِﻞ :ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺧ ﻤ
ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻘ ِﺮ :ﻣﺎ ﺩ ﺧ ﹶﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜ ِﺔ.
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎ ﺭ ﺍﻷﺿﺤﻴ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﻀﺤﻰ ﲟﻘﻄﻮﻋ ِﺔ ﺍﻷُﺫﹸ ِﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ ﺮ ِﻥ، ﺏ ،ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮ ِ
ﻑ ﺍﻟ ﻌﻴ ﻦ
ﺸ ﺮ ﺴﺘ
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺭﺍ ِﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺟﺎ ِﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﲑ ِﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻌﻔﺎ ِﺀ .ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗ
ﻭﺍ ُﻷ ﹸﺫ ﹸﻥ – ﺃﻱ :ﻳﻨﻈﹶﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻼﻣﺘِﻬﺎ .-
-٥ﻭﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﹶﺃﺭﺍ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺤﻴ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃﻟﱠﺎ ﻳﺄﺧ ﹶﺬ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﻌ ِﺮ ِﻩ ﻭﺑﺸﺮِﻩ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧ ﹶﻞ
ﺸﺮ.
ﺍﻟ ﻌ
ﺼﻠﱠﻰ.ﺤ ﻲ ﺑﺎ ﹸﳌ ﻀ
-٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪﻳِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﺠﺰِﺉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ ِﻞ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻫ ِﻞ ﺑﻴﺘِﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ – ٧ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﺪﻳِﻪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ﹶﺓ ﺗ
ﹶﻛﺜﹸ ﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ.
ﺝ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﻌﻘِﻴ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ): (١
ﺻ ﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ » :ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﹸﻏ ﹶﻠﺎ ٍﻡ ﺭﻫِﻴﻨﺔﹲ ِﺑ ﻌﻘِﻴ ﹶﻘِﺘ ِﻪ ﺗ ﹾﺬﺑﺢ ﻋ ﻨﻪ ﻳ ﻮ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑِﻊ، -١
ﺴﻤﻰ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ ،ﻥ[. ﺤ ﹶﻠﻖ ﺭﹾﺃﺳﻪ ﻭﻳ
ﻭﻳ
-٢ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﻟ ﻐﻠﹶﺎ ِﻡ ﺷﺎﺗﺎ ِﻥ ،ﻭ ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﳉﹶﺎ ِﺭﻳ ِﺔ ﺷﺎﺓﹲ« ]ﺩ ،ﻥ[.
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٥٨
ﻉ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺍ ﺷﺘﺮﻯ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻩ ﺃﻛﺜ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺑﻴﻌِﻪ ﺑﻌ ﺪ -١ﺑﺎ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟ ِﺔ .ﺁﺟ ﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺄﺟﺮ ،ﻭﻭﻛﱠ ﹶﻞ ﻭﺗﻮ ﱠﻛ ﹶﻞ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﻠﹸﻪ ﺃﻛﺜ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ
ﺗ ﻮﻛﱡِﻠ ِﻪ.
ﺸﻔﱠ ﻊ ﻭ ﺷﻔﱢﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﺍ ﹶﻥ -٢ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻤ ِﻦ ﺍﳊﺎ ﱢﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺟﻞ ،ﻭﺗ
ِﺑ ﺮ ﻫ ٍﻦ ﻭِﺑ ﻐﻴ ِﺮ ﺭ ﻫ ٍﻦ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎ ﺭ.
ﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺇ ﹾﻥ ﱂ ﻳ ِﺮ ﺩﻫﺎﺐ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﹶﻗﺒِﻞ ﺍﳍﺪﻳ ﹶﺔ ﻭﺃﺛﺎ ﺐ ﻭﺍﺗ ﻬ -٣ﻭﻭﻫ
ﺍﻋﺘﺬ ﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻣ ﻬﺪِﻳﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﺗﻬﺪِﻱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﻓﻴﻘﺒ ﹸﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎﻫﻢ،
ﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑِﻪ. ﻭﻳ ﹾﻘ ِ
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺴ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠ ﹰﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣ ٍﺪ ﺳﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﹶﻗﻀﻰ
ﺽ ﺑﻌﲑﺍ ﻓﺠﺎ َﺀ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺧﲑﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻫﻠِﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟِﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺮ
ﻆ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ﹶﻓ ﻬ ﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ » :ﺩﻋﻮﻩ؛ ﻓﺈ ﱠﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻩ ،ﻓﺄﻏﻠ ﹶ
ﳊ ﻖ ﻣﻘﹶﺎﹰﻟﺎ« ]ﻕ[. ﺐﺍ ﹶ ِﻟﺼﺎ ِﺣ ِ
-٥ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪﻩ ِﺷﺪ ﹸﺓ ﺍﳉﻬ ِﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻠﻤﺎ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘ ﺪ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ
ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﹾﻄ ِﻔ ﻲ ﺟ ﻤ ﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻮ ِﺀ ،ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﹸﻌﻮ ِﺩ ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ،
ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫ ِﺓ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ِﻥ.
-٦ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘ ﹶﻜﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣ ٍﺪ ،ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺿ ﻊ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑِﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﺬ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻼ ﻡ
ﺽ ﺍﻷﻛ ِﻞ
ﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻌﺎﻣِﻪ ،ﻭﻳ ﹶﻜﺮ ﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺿﻴﺎﻓِﻪ ﻋ ﺮ -١٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺪ ﹸ
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣِﺮﺍﺭﺍ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ ﹾﻔ ﻌﻠﹸﻪ ﺃﻫ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﺮ ِﻡ.
ﷲ ﺣ ﻤﺪﺍ -١٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭِﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎ ﻡ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺑﻴ ِﻦ ﻳﺪﻳ ِﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﺍﳊﻤ ﺪ ِ
ﺴﺘ ﻐﻨﻰ ﻋ ﻨﻪ
ﻉ ﻭﻻ ﻣ
ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻃﻴﺒﺎ ﻣﺒﺎ ﺭﻛﹰﺎ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﹶﻏ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﹾﻜ ِﻔ ﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻣ ﻮ ﺩ ٍ
ﺭﱡﺑﻨﺎ« ]ﺥ[.
ﺨﺮﺝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﳍﻢ ،ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ: -١٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻞ ِﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻗﻮ ٍﻡ ﱂ ﻳ
ﺖ
ﺻ ﱠﻠ
»ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ ﹶﻄ ﺮ ِﻋ ﻨ ﺪﻛﹸﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎِﺋﻤﻮ ﹶﻥ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻃﻌﺎ ﻣﻜﹸﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍ ﺭ ،ﻭ
ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﺍﳌﻼﹶﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹸ« ]ﺩ[.
ﲔ ﻭﻳﹾﺜﻨِﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ.
-١٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ﺪﻋﻮ ِﻟ ﻤ ﻦ ﻳﻀِﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛ
– ١٧ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻧﻒ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﺆﺍﻛﻠﺔ ﺃﺣ ٍﺪ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ،ﺣﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ
ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ،ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺍ.
– ١٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻃﻌﺎ ﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﺋ ﻢ ،ﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇﻧﻲ ﺻﺎﺋﻢ«
ﺼﱢﻠﻲ؛ ﺃﻱ:
ﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﺋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ]ﻕ[ ،ﻭﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﹸ ﺮ
ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﳌﻦ ﹶﻗ ﺪ ﻣﻪ ،ﻭِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎﻥ ﻣ ﹾﻔ ِﻄﺮﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺄﻛ ﹶﻞ ِﻣﻨﻪ.
ﺏ ﺍﳌﱰ ِﻝ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ:
– ١٩ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩِ ﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻄﻌﺎ ٍﻡ ﻭﺗِﺒ ﻌﻪ ﺃﺣ ﺪ ﺃﻋﻠ ﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺭ
ﺖ ﺗﺄ ﹶﺫﻥﹸ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭِﺇ ﹾﻥ ِﺷ ﹾﺌ
ﺖ ﺭ ﺟ ﻊ« ]ﺥ[. »ِﺇ ﱠﻥ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺗِﺒ ﻌﻨﺎ؛ ﹶﻓِﺈ ﹾﻥ ِﺷ ﹾﺌ
– ٢٠ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ﹶﻜﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻌﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺘ ِﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻬﻢ
ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﳍﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ. ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻔ ﺮﻗﹸﻮﺍ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﹸﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﺳ ﻢ ﺍ ِ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٦٦
ﺐ ﺍﺑ ِﻦ ﺁﺩ ﻡﺴ ِ
ﺤﻸ ﺁﺩ ِﻣ ﻲ ﻭﻋﺎ ًﺀ ﺷﺮﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﹾﻄ ٍﻦِ ،ﺑ – ٢١ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻣﺎ ﻣ َ
ﺻ ﹾﻠﺒﻪ؛ ﹶﻓِﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺑ ﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﹰﺎ ،ﻓﺜﻠﺚﹲ ﻟﻄﻌﺎ ِﻣ ِﻪ، ﹸﻟ ﹶﻘ ﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻳ ِﻘ ﻤ ﻦ
ﺴ ِﻪ« ]ﺕ ،ﺟﻪ[. ﻭﺛﻠﺚﹲ ﻟﺸﺮﺍﺑِﻪ ،ﻭﺛﻠﺚﹲ ِﻟﻨ ﹶﻔ ِ
ﺲ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎ ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ﻢ ِﳚﺪﻩ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻌِﻢ
-٢٢ﻭﺩﺧ ﹶﻞ ﻣﱰﹶﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﻠ ﹰﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻤ
ﻣ ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ﻌ ﻤﻨِﻲ ،ﻭﺍﺳ ِﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺳﻘﹶﺎﻧِﻲ« ]ﻡ[.
)(١
ﺏ :
ﺸﺮﺍ ِ
ﺏ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟ
ﺤ ﹶﻔﻆﹸ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤ ﹸﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﻤ ِﻞ ﻫﺪﻱ ﻳ -١ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻫﺪﻳ ﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍ ِ
ﱭ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ، ﺏ ﺍﻟﻠ ﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﹸ ﹾﻠ ﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎ ِﺭ ﺩ .ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺮ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍ ِ
ﺃﺣ
ﻭﻣﺸﻮﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺎ ِﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ،ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻙ ﹶﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ِﺯ ﺩﻧﺎ ِﻣ ﻨﻪ،
ﱭ« ]ﺕ[. ﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﺸﺮﺍ ِ ﺠ ِﺰﺉِ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄ ﻌﺎ ِﻡ ﻭﺍﻟ
ﺲ ﺷﻲﺀٌ ﻳ
ﹶﻓِﺈﻧﻪ ﹶﻟ ﻴ
ﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻌﺎﻣِﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﺬﹸ ﹶﻟﻪ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﹶﻝ -٢ﻭﱂ ﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻦ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺸﺮ
ﺍﻟﻠﻴ ِﻞ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺑﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒ ﺢ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ ﹶﺫِﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻲ ُﺀ ،ﻭﺍﻟ ﻐ ﺪ
ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮِ؛ ﹶﻓِﺈ ﹾﻥ ﺑ ِﻘ ﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻲ ٌﺀ ﺳﻘﺎﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺩ ﻡ
ﺼﺐ.ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﹶﻓ
)ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﺬ :ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳ ﹾﻄ ﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗ ﻤ ﺮ ﻳ
ﺤﻠﱢﻴ ِﻪ .ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻪ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﺛﻼ ٍ
ﺙ
ﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗ ﻐﻴﺮِﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎ ِﺭ(.
ﺏ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ،
ﺏ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍ ،ﻭﺯﺟ ﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ِ
-٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ
) (1ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ).(٢٠٩/٤) ،(٣٦٦/٢
@ @
ﺏ ﻣﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻴﻞ :ﻟﻌﺬ ٍﺭ ،ﻭﻗﻴﻞ :ﻧﺴﺦ ﻟﻨﻬﻴِﻪ ،ﻭﻗﻴﻞ :ﳉﻮﺍ ِﺯ
ﻭﺷﺮ
ﺍﻷ ﻣ ﺮﻳﻦ.
ﺏ ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝِ» :ﺇﻧﻪ ﹶﺃ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮﺃﹸ،
ﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍ ِ -٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﻔ
ﺡ ﻋ ﻦ ﻓﻴ ِﻪ ﻭﺃﺑ ﺮﺃﹸ« ]ﻡ[ ،ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺗﻨﻔﺴِﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍ ِ
ﺏ :ﺇﺑﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ ﺪ
ﺏ ﹶﺃ ﺣﺪﻛﹸ ﻢ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﺎﻭﺗﻨ ﹸﻔﺴِﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﻟﻪِ» :ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺷ ِﺮ
ﺡ ،ﻭﻟ ِﻜ ﻦ ِﻟﻴﱭ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺎ َﺀ ﻋ ﻦ ﻓِﻴﻪ« ]ﺕ ،ﺟﻪ[ ،ﻭﻧﻬﻰ
ﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ ﺪ ِ
ﻳﺘﻨ ﱠﻔ
ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺛﹸﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﺪﺡ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎ ِﺀ» .ﻭﺍﻟﺜﱡﹶﻠﻤﺔ :ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺟﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺸﺮ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻖ«.
ﷲ
ﺴﻤﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﳛﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺮﻍ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍ َ -٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺑ ﹶﺔ
ﺤ ﻤﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻳﺸﺮ
ﻟﲑﺿﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒ ِﺪ ﻳﺄﻛ ﹸﻞ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛ ﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ ﻳ
ﳛﻤﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ« ]ﻡ[.
ﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻣﻠﻮﺣ ﹶﺔ ﻓﻴ ِﻪ«
ﺴﺘﻌ ﹶﺬﺏ ﹶﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺎ ُﺀ »ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻴ -٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺖ ِﻣﻨﻪ.
ﻭﳜﺘﺎ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋ
ﺏ ﻧﺎﻭ ﹶﻝ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭِﻩ
– ٧ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺷ ِﺮ
ﺃﻛ ﱪ ﻣﻨ ﻪ.
ﺽ ﻋﻠِﻴ ِﻪ
– ٨ﻭﺃﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺘﺨﻤ ِﲑ ﺍﻹﻧﺎ ِﺀ »ﺃﻱ :ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻪ« ،ﻭﺇﻳﻜﺎﺋِﻪ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﻌ ِﺮ
ﻂ ﻓﺘﺤ ِﺔ ﷲ ﻋِﻨ ﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ» .ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻜﺎ ُﺀ :ﺭﺑ ﹸ ﻋﻮﺩﺍ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﹾﺬ ﹶﻛ ﺮ ﺍﺳ ﻢ ﺍ ِ
ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎ ِﺀ ﻭﺷﺪﱡﻫﺎ«.
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٦٨
ﺸ ﺮ ﺭﺟﹰﻠﺎ ،ﹶﻓﻮﺍ ﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻌ ﹶﺔ -٦ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎ ﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺒ ﹸﻞ ﺟﺎ َﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋ
ﻑ
ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒ ِﺔ ،ﻓﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻣ ِﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭ ِ
ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜ ِﺮ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﹶﻟ ﻮ ﻣﺔﹸ ﻻِﺋ ٍﻢ،
ﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺯﻭﺍ ﺟﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀَﻫﻢ ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻳ ﻤﻨﻌﻮﻩ ﳑﺎ ﳝﻨﻌﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﹶﺃﻧ ﹸﻔ
ﺚ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﺑ ﻦ ﹸﺃﻡ ﻣ ﹾﻜﺘﻮ ٍﻡ، ﳉﻨ ﹸﺔ ،ﰒ ﺍﻧﺼ ﺮﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨ ِﺔ ،ﻭﺑ ﻌ ﹶ ﻭﳍﻢ ﺍ ﹶ
ﷲ ،ﻓﺄﺳﻠ ﻢ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺐ ﺑ ﻦ ﻋﻤﲑ ﻳ ﻌﱢﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ،ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ِﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍ ِ ﺼ ﻌ
ﻭﻣ
ﻀﻴ ٍﺮ ،ﻭﺳﻌ ﺪ ﺑ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ. ﺸ ﺮ ﻛﺜ ﲑ ،ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﹸ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺑ ﻦ ﺣ
ﻳﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺑ
ﺱ ،ﰒ
ﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺠﺮ ِﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨ ِﺔ ،ﻓﺒﺎ ﺩ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ
– ٧ﰒ ﹶﺃ ِﺫ ﹶﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤ
ﺗِﺒ ﻌﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ.
– ٨ﻭﺁﺧﻰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳ ﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎ ِﺭ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺗﺴﻌ
ﲔ ﺭﺟﹰﻠﺎ.
ﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻣ ﹶﻠ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺮﺳِ ﻞ):(١
ﺼ ﹾﻠ ِ
ﺃ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍ َﻷﻣﺎ ِﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱡ
ﲔ ﻭﺍ ِﺣ ﺪ ﹲﺓ ﺴ ِﻠ ِﻤ ﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﹶﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝِ » :ﺫ ﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﳌﹸ -١ﺛﺒ
ﺴ ﻌﻰ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃ ﺩﻧﺎﻫﻢ« ]ﻕ[ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻣ ﻦ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺑ ﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﹶﻗ ﻮ ٍﻡ ﻋ ﻬﺪ؛ ﻳ
ﺸ ﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳ ﻤﻀِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﻣﺪﻩ ،ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﻳ ﻨِﺒ ﹶﺬ ِﺇﹶﻟ ﻴﻬِﻢ
ﺤﱠﻠ ﻦ ﻋ ﹾﻘ ﺪ ﹰﺓ ﻭﹶﻟﺎ ﻳ
ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﺎ ﻳ
ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ[.
-٢ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻠﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻧﻔﹾﺴِﻪِ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺘﻠﹶﻪ ،ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧﺎ ﺑﺮِﻱﺀٌ ﻣِﻦ
ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺎﺗِﻞِ« ]ﺟﻪ[.
ﺴﻴِﻠ ﻤ ﹶﺔ ،ﹶﻓﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠﻤﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻻ ،ﻗﺎﻝ» :ﹶﻟ ﻮﻟﹶﺎ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ
-٣ﻭﳌﺎ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﹶﺎ ﻣ
ﻀ ﺮﺑﺖ ﺃﹶﻋﻨﺎ ﹶﻗﻜﹸﻤﺎ« ]ﺩ[ ﹶﻓﺠﺮﺕ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺮ ﺳ ﹶﻞ ﻻ ﺗ ﹾﻘﺘﻞ ،ﹶﻟ
ﻳﻘﺘ ﹶﻞ ﺭﺳﻮ ﹲﻝ.
ﺤِﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮ ﹶﻝ ِﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎ ﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻳ ﺮﺩ ﻩ.
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳ
ﻀﺮ
-٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎ ﻫ ﺪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻻ ﻳ
ﲔ ﺑﻐ ِﲑ ِﺭﺿﺎ ﻩ ﺃ ﻣﻀﺎ ﻩ.
ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻠﻤ
ﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﺀَﻩ ﺏ ﻋﺸ ﺮ ﺳﻨ ﱀ ﻗﺮﻳﺸﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿ ِﻊ ﺍﳊﺮ ِ -٦ﻭﺻﺎ ﹶ
ﷲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺴِﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺩ ﻩ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ِﻣ ﻦ ِﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻓﻨﺴ ﺦ ﺍ ُ ﻣ
ﺣ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺤﺎ ِﻬﻧ ﻦ ،ﻓﻤﻦ ﻋِﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﺆﻣِﻨ ﹲﺔ ﱂ ﺗ ﺮﺩّ.
ﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﻣ ﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﹶﻗﺒﻮﺍ؛ ﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍ ﺭﺗ ﺪ
-٧ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤ
ﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﹶﺃﺗﻪ.
ِﺑﹶﺄ ﹾﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺩ ﻣﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﺓِ؛ ﻓﲑﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍ ﺭﺗ ﺪ
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﳝﻨﻌﻬﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺄ ﺧ ﹸﺬﻭﺍ ﻣ ﻦ ﹶﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺮﺟﺎﻝ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳ ﹾﻜ ِﺮﻫﻪ
ﻀ ﹶﻞﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻌ ﻮ ِﺩ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄ ﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﹶﻗﺘ ﹶﻞ ِﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ ﻣﺎﹰﻟﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﹶﻓ
ﻋ ﻦ ﻳﺪِﻩ ،ﻭﳌﱠﺎ ﻳ ﹾﻠﺤﻖ ﻬﺑﻢ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻜﹶﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳ
ﻀ ﻤﻨﻪ ﳍﻢ.
ﺤﻠِﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻬ ﻢ ﻣﺎ
– ٩ﻭﺻﺎﹶﻟ ﺢ ﹶﺃ ﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺧﻴ ﱪ ﳌﱠﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
)(١
ﺖ ِﺭﻛﹶﺎﺑﻬﻢ ،ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻮ ِﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍ ُﺀ
ﺣ ﻤﹶﻠ
ﺠ ِﺔ ،ﻭﻳ ﻌ ِﺮﺽ ﻋﻨ ﻬ ﻢ ،ﻭﻳ ﻐِﻠﻆﹸ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ،ﻭﻳﺒﻠﱢ ﹸﻎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮ ِﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴ ِﻎ ﺇﱃ
ﺑﺎﳊﹸ
ﻧﻔﹸﻮﺳِﻬﻢ.
ﺱ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ
ﺤ ﺪﺙﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ
ﺏ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻻ ،ﻳﺘ
-٢ﻭﺗ ﺮ ﻙ ﹶﻗﺘﻠﹶﻬﻢ ،ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻮ ِ
ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ] «ﻕ[.ﺤ ﻤﺪﺍ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺘﻞﹸ ﺃ
ﻣ
@ @
ﲔ
ﺖ ،ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎﹶﻟﻬﺎ ِﺣ ﺏ ِﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﹶﺃﻧ ِﺑ ﹶﺬﻧﺒِﻲ؛ ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻏ ِﻔ ﺮ ﱄ؛ ِﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳ ﻐ ِﻔﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺬﻧﻮ
ﲔ
ﳉﻨ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎﹶﻟﻬﺎ ِﺣ
ﺕ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻳ ﻮ ِﻣ ِﻪ ،ﺩ ﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ﹶ
ﺼِﺒﺢ ﻣﻮِﻗﻨﺎ ِﺑﻬﺎ ،ﹶﻓﻤﺎ ﻳ
ﺕ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻟﻴﹶﻠِﺘ ِﻪ ،ﺩ ﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺍﳉﻨ ﹶﺔ« ]ﺥ[. ﻳ ﻤﺴِﻲ ﻣﻮِﻗﻨﺎ ِﺑﻬﺎ ،ﹶﻓﻤﺎ
ﻚ ﹶﻟﻪ،ﷲ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﻩ ﹶﻟﺎ ﺷﺮِﻳ ﺼِﺒﺢ :ﻟﹶﺎ ﺇﻟ ﻪ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ
-٣ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺣﲔ ﻳ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ ﻭﻫ ﻮ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﹶﻗﺪِﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﹾﻟﻴﻮ ِﻡ ﻣﺎﹶﺋ ﹶﺔ ﻚ ﻭﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹶ ﹶﻟﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﻠ
ﺴﻨ ٍﺔ،
ﺐ ﹶﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﺋ ﹸﺔ ﺣ ﺏ ،ﻭﻛﹸِﺘ ﺖ ﹶﻟﻪ ﻋﺪ ﹶﻝ ﻋﺸ ِﺮ ِﺭﻗﹶﺎ ٍ ﻣ ﺮ ٍﺓ ،ﻛﹶﺎﻧ
ﺸ ﻴﻄﹶﺎ ِﻥ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻪ
ﺖ ﹶﻟﻪِ ﺣ ﺮﺯﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺖ ﻋ ﻨﻪ ﻣِﺎﹶﺋﺔﹸ ﺳﻴﺌ ٍﺔ ،ﻭﻛﹶﺎﻧ
ﺤﻴ ﻭﻣِ
ﺕ ﹶﺃ ﺣﺪِ ﺑﹶﺄ ﹾﻓﻀﻞ ِﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﺎ َﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺭ ﺟﻞﹲ ﺴ ﻲ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳﺄ ِ
ﻚ ﺣﱴ ﻳ ﻤ ِ ﹶﺫِﻟ
ﻋ ِﻤ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻨﻪ] «ﻕ[.
-٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﺣﲔ ﳝﺴﻲ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ِﺇﻧﻲ
ﻚ ﺍﻟ ﻌ ﹾﻔ ﻮ
ﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎ ِﻓﻴ ﹶﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵ ِﺧ ﺮ ِﺓ ،ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ِﺇﻧﻲ ﹶﺃﺳﺄﻟﹸ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﹸ
ﻱ ﻭﹶﺃ ﻫﻠِﻲ ﻭﻣﺎﻟِﻲ ،ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻋ ﻮﺭﺍﺗِﻲ، ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴ ﹶﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻳﲏ ﻭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ
ﻱ ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﹾﻠﻔِﻲ ﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻭﺁ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺭ ﻭﻋﺎﺗِﻲ ،ﺍﻟ ﹼﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﺣ ﹶﻔ ﹾﻈﻨِﻲ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﻴ ِﻦ ﻳ ﺪ
ﻳﻤِﻴﲏ ﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ِﺷﻤﺎﱄ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻓﹶﻮﻗِﻲ ،ﻭﹶﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ ﻌ ﹶﻈ ﻤِﺘ
ﻚ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹸﺃ ﹾﻏﺘﺎ ﹶﻝ ِﻣ ﻦ
ﺤﺘِﻲ« ]ﺩ ،ﺟﻪ[. ﺗ
ﺡ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻳ ﻮ ٍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎ ِﺀ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻟ ﻴ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ:
ﺻﺒﺎ ِ
-٥ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﺒ ٍﺪ ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﰲ
ﻀ ﱡﺮ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍ ﺳ ِﻤ ِﻪ ﺷﻲﺀٌ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﹶﻟﺎ ﰲ ﷲ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﻻ ﻳ ﺴ ِﻢ ﺍ ِِﺑ
ﺕ ،ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻀ ﺮﻩ ﺷﻲﺀٌ« ﺙ ﻣﺮﺍ ٍ
ﺴﻤِﻴ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﻌﻠِﻴ ﻢ ،ﹶﺛ ﹶﻠﺎ ﹶ
ﺴﻤﺎ ِﺀ ﻭﻫ ﻮ ﺍﻟ
ﺍﻟ
]ﺩ ،ﺕ ،ﺟﻪ[.
@ @
ﺖ ﻗﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻟﻪ
ﺖ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺴﻴ -٦ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ :ﻋﱢﻠ ﻤﻨِﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺻﺒﺤ
ﺸﻬﺎ ﺩ ِﺓ،
ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺽ ،ﻋﺎِﻟ ﻢ ﺍﻟ ﻐ ﻴ ِ
ﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭ ِ ﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍ ِ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ» :ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﻓﹶﺎ ِﻃ ﺮ ﺍﻟ
ﺖ ،ﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ﺏ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺷﻲ ٍﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻠِﻴ ﹶﻜﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟِﻜﻪ ،ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﻬﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟ ﻪ ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﻧ ﺭ
ﻑ
ﺸ ﻴﻄﹶﺎ ِﻥ ﻭ ِﺷ ﺮﻛِﻪ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃ ﹾﻗﺘ ِﺮ
ﻚ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮ ﻧﻔﺴِﻲ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ِﺑ
ﺖ
ﺤ ﺴ ِﻠ ٍﻢ« .ﻗﺎ ﹶﻝ» :ﹸﻗﻠﹾﻬﺎ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ
ﺻﺒ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ﺳﻮﺀًﺍ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﹶﺃﺟ ﺮﻩِ ﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ
ﻚ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ[. ﺠ ﻌ
ﻀ ﺕ ﻣ ﺖ ﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹾﺬ ﺴ ﻴ
ِﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ﻣ
ﺝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺑﻴِﺘ ِﻪ
ﺏ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺬﻛﹾﺮ ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ ﺮ
ﺃﹶﻭ ﺩ ﺧ ﹶﻞ):(١
ﷲ،ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ِ ﷲ ،ﺗﻮﻛﻠ ﺴ ِﻢ ﺍ ِ -١ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝِ» :ﺑ
ﺿ ﱠﻞ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﺃﺯ ﱠﻝ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﹸﺃ ﺯ ﱠﻝ ،ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻇ ِﻠ ﻢ
ﺿ ﱠﻞ ﺃ ﻭ ﹸﺃ
ﻚ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ِ
ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ِﺇﻧﻲ ﹶﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ
ﺠ ﻬ ﹶﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻲ« ]ﺕ ،ﻥ ،ﺟﻪ[. ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻇ ﹶﻠ ﻢ ﺃﻭ ﹶﺃﺟﻬ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﻳ
ﷲ
ﺖ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ
ﷲ ،ﺗ ﻮ ﱠﻛ ﹾﻠ ﺝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺑﻴﺘِﻪِ :ﺑ
ﺴ ِﻢ ﺍ ِ -٢ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ ﺮ
ﺖ،
ﺖ ،ﻭﻭﻗﻴ ﺖ ﻭﻛﹸﻔﻴ ﻭﻻ ﺣ ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﻗﹸ ﻮ ﹶﺓ ِﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﺑﺎﷲِ؛ ﻳﻘﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ ﻟﻪ :ﻫﺪﻳ
ﻭﺗﻨﺤﻰ ﻋ ﻨ ﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﹸﻥ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ[.
-٣ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒِﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ،ﻭﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ﰲ
ﺼﺮِﻱ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ، ﻟﺴﺎﻧِﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ،ﻭﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺳ ﻤﻌِﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ،ﻭﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺑ
ﻭﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﹾﻠﻔِﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﺃﻣﺎﻣِﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ،ﻭﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻓ ﻮﻗِﻲ
ﺤﺘِﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ،ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﹶﺃ ﻋ ِﻈ ﻢ ﱄ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ« ]ﻕ[.
ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ،ﻭﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺗ
) (1ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ).(٢٣٥/٢
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٧٦
ﻚ ﺧ ﻴ ﺮ ﺞ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺟ ﹸﻞ ﺑ ﻴﺘﻪ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠﻴ ﹸﻘ ﹾﻞ :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ِﺇﻧﻲ ﹶﺃ ﺳﹶﺄﻟﹸ
-٤ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﻭﹶﻟ
ﷲ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺗ ﻮ ﱠﻛ ﹾﻠﻨﺎ
ﺠﻨﺎ ،ﻭ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ ﷲ ﻭﹶﻟ ﺴ ِﻢ ﺍ ِ ﺝِ ،ﺑ ﺨ ﺮ ِ
ﺞ ﻭ ﺧ ﻴ ﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻮِﻟ ِ
ﺴﱢﻠ ﻢ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﻫ ِﻠ ِﻪ« ]ﺩ[. ﹸﺛ ﻢ ِﻟﻴ
ﺠ ِﺪ
ﺴِﺝ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺬﻛﹾﺮ ِﻋ ﻨ ﺪ ﺩﺧﻮ ِﻝ ﺍ ﹶﳌ
)(١
ﺝ ِﻣ ﻨﻪ:
ﳋﺮﻭ ِ
ﻭﺍ ﹸ
ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ،ﻭﺑﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﺠ ﺪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝ» :ﹶﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ﺑﺎ ِ ﺴِ -١ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ ﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ﹶﳌ
ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ،ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧِﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴ ِﻢ ،ﻗﺎ ﹶﻝ :ﹶﻓِﺈﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ
ﻆ ِﻣﻨﻲ ﺳﺎِﺋ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮ ِﻡ« ]ﺩ[.
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﹸﻥ :ﺣِ ﻔ ﹶ
ﺴﻠﱢﻢ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ -٢ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺩﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺃﺣ ﺪﻛﹸﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺠ ﺪ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠﻴ
ﻚ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺧ ﺮﺝ؛
ﺏ ﺭﲪِﺘ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ،ﻭﹶﻟﻴﻘﹸ ﹾﻞ :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﹾﻓﺘﺢ ﱄ ﺃﺑﻮﺍ
ﻚ« ]ﺩ ،ﺟﻪ[. ﻀ ِﻠ ﻓﻠﻴﻘﻞ :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ِﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﹸﻚ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻓ
ﺩ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ِﺫ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﺭﺅﻳ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻬِﻼﻝ): (٢
ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﳍﻼﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﹶﺃ ِﻫ ﱠﻠﻪ ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴﻨﺎ ِﺑﺎ َﻷ ﻣ ِﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎ ِﻥ،
ﷲ« ]ﺕ[. ﻚﺍ ُ
ﺴﻠﹶﺎ ﻣ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﻠﹶﺎ ِﻡ ،ﺭﺑﻲ ﻭﺭﱡﺑ
ﻭﺍﻟ
ﻫـ -ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﱢﻛﺮ ِﻋ ﻨ ﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺱ
ﺢ
ﷲ ﻭﻳﺼﻠ
ﷲ ،ﹶﻓﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹸﻝ :ﻳ ﻬﺪِﻳ ﹸﻜ ﻢ ﺍ ُ
ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻟ ﻬ ﻢ :ﻳ ﺮ ﺣﻤﻜﹸﻢ ﺍ ُ
ﺑﺎﹶﻟﻜﹸﻢ« ]ﺕ[.
ﻯ ﻣ ﺒﺘ ﹰﻠﻰ):(١
ﻭ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻣ ﻦ ﺭﺃ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ»:ﻣﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺭﺟٍ ﻞ ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﻣ ﺒﺘﻠﹰﻰ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻝ:
ﲑ ِﻣﻤﻦ ﺧ ﹶﻠ ﻖ
ﻀ ﹶﻠﻨِﻲ ﻋ ﹶﻠﻰ ﻛﺜ ٍ
ﳊ ﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﻋﺎﻓﹶﺎﻧِﻲ ِﻣﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻙ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﻭ ﹶﻓ ﺍﹶ
ﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ُﺀ ﻛﹶﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ[. ﺼﺒﻪ ﹶﺫِﻟ
ﺗ ﹾﻔﻀِﻴﻠﹰﺎِ ،ﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ِ
ﺤﻤﺎﺭ
ﻉ ﻧﻬِﻴﻖ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
ﺯ -ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ِﻋ ﻨ ﺪ ﺳﻤﺎ ِ
)(٢
ﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺔ :
ﺻﻴﺎ ِ
ﻭ ِ
ﺸﻴﻄﹶﺎ ِﻥ
ﷲ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﳊﻤﺎ ِﺭ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺘ ﻌ ﻮﺫﹸﻭﺍ ﺑﺎ ِ
ﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﹸﺃ ﻣﺘﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳ ِﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻧﻬِﻴ ﻖ ﺍ ِ
ﻀِﻠ ِﻪ ]ﻕ[.ﷲ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻓ
ﺴﹶﺄﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺍ َ ﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﺻﻴﺎ
ﺍﻟ ﺮﺟِﻴ ِﻢ ،ﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺳ ِﻤﻌﻮﺍ ِ
ﻀﺒﻪ):(٣
ﺡ – ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﹸﻮﹸﻟ ﻪ ﻭﻳ ﹾﻔ ﻌﻠﹸﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘ ﺪ ﹶﻏ
ﻀﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻮﺿﻮﺀ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻌﻮ ِﺩ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ، ﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍ ﺷﺘ ﺪ ﹶﻏ
ﷲ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴ ِﻢ.
ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻄﺠﺎﻉ ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﹶﺎ ِﻋﺪﺍ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫ ِﺓ ﺑﺎ ِ
– ١٨ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ
. 〈 ÉΟŠÏm§9$#
-٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴ ﹸﺬ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺃ ﻭ ِﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗِﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ:
ﺸ ﻴﻄﹶﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺮﺟِﻴ ِﻢ« ،ﻭ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﷲ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ
»ﹶﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ﺑﺎ ِ
ﺨ ِﻪ ﻭﻧ ﹾﻔِﺜ ِﻪ«
ﺸ ﻴﻄﹶﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺮﺟِﻴ ِﻢ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﻤ ِﺰ ِﻩ ﻭﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﻚ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ
ِﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ
]ﺩ ،ﺟﻪ[.
-٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﹾﺮﹸﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹶﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﻀﻄﺠﻌﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺿﺌﹰﺎ ﻭﳏﺪﺛﹰﺎ ،ﻭﱂ
]ﻕ[.
ﻑ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄ ِﻦ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ،
ﺴ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ :ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ِ ﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻴ
– ٨ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﻠﺒ
ﺺ.
ﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴ
ﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎ ِ
ﻭﺍﻟ ِﻜﺘﺎ ِﻥ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ،ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺃﺣ
)(٢ )(١
ﺲ ﺍﳉﺒ ﹶﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﹶﺒﺎ َﺀ – ٩ﻭﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﱪﻭ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻧﻴ ﹶﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ،ﻭﹶﻟِﺒ
ﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌ ﹶﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻣ ﹶﺔ.
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻭﻳ ﹶﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﺯﺍ ﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩﺍ َﺀ ،ﻭﺍﳋ
)(٣
ﻚ ،ﻭﺃﺭﺧﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺅﺍﺑ ﹶﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ
ﺖ ﺍﳊﻨ ِ – ١٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﹶﻠﺤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺎﻣ ِﺔ ﺗ
ﺤ
ﺧ ﹾﻠﻔِﻪ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﹶﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ.
ﳊﱠﻠ ﹸﺔ :ﺇﺯﺍ ﺭ ﻭﺭﺩﺍ ٌﺀ.
ﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮ ﺩ ،ﻭﻟﺒﺲ ﺣﻠﱠ ﹰﺔ ﲪﺮﺍﺀ ،ﻭﺍ ﹸ
-١١ﻭﹶﻟِﺒ
ﺲ ﺧﺎﲤﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀ ٍﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻌ ﹸﻞ ﹶﻓﺼ ﻪ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻃ ﻦ ﹶﻛﻔﱢﻪ.
-١٢ﻭﻟﺒ
-١٣ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺛﻮﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ
ﻛﹶﺴﻮﺗﻨِﻲ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤِﻴﺺ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺍﺀَ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻣﺔﹶ ،ﺃﹶﺳﺄﻟﹸﻚ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ
ﻭﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨِﻊ ﻟﹶﻪ ،ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻮﺫﹸ ﺑِﻚ ﻣِﻦ ﺷﺮﻩِ ﻭﺷﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨِﻊ ﻟﹶﻪ«
]ﺩ ،ﺕ[.
ﺼﻪ ﺑﺪﹶﺃ ﲟﻴﺎ ِﻣﻨِﻪ.
ﺲ ﻗﻴﻤ
-١٤ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﻟِﺒ
-١٥ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤ ﻦ ﰲ ﺗﻨ ﻌِﻠ ِﻪ ﻭﺗ ﺮ ﺟِﻠ ِﻪ ﻭﻃﻬﻮﺭِﻩ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺧ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻄﹶﺎِﺋ ِﻪ.
-١٦ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫ ﺪﻳ ﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻄﺲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻮﺑﻪ
ﺾ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ،ﻭ ﹶﻏ
– ١٧ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﺷ ﺪ ﺣﻴﺎ ًﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍ ِﺀ ﰲ ِﺧ ﺪ ِﺭﻫﺎ). (١
ﺤ ِﻜ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴ ﻢ،
ﺿِ ﺤﻚ ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺟ ﱠﻞ ﻀ ﺤﻚ ﳑﺎ ﻳ ﻀ – ١٨ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ
ﺤ ِﻜ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗﺒﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍ ِﺟﺬﹸﻩ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺿِﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻬﻧﺎﻳ ﹸﺔ
ﺤﻜﹸﻪﺿِﺕ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺿﺤ ِﻜ ِﻪ ،ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻬﻴ ٍﻖ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺻﻮ ٍ
ﻗﻬﻘﻬ ﹰﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﻩ ﺗﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻳﺴﻤ ﻊ ﻟﺼﺪﺭِﻩ ﹶﺃﺯِﻳ ﺰ.
ﺐ ﺍﻻﺳ ﻢ ﺍﳊﺴ ﻦ ،ﻭﺃﹶﻣ ﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﹶﺑﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ – ٧ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺤ
ﻳﻜﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺣﺴ ﻦ ﺍﻻﺳ ِﻢ ،ﺣﺴ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟ ِﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﺄﺧ ﹸﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧِﻲ ﻣﻦ
ﺴﻤﻰ.ﻂ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﺍﻻﺳ ِﻢ ﻭﺍ ﹸﳌ
ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻳﺮﺑ ﹸ
ﷲ ،ﻭ ﻋ ﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪ ِﻦ،
ﷲ :ﻋ ﺒﺪ ﺍ ِ
ﺐ ﹶﺃ ﺳﻤﺎِﺋﻜﹸﻢ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ -٨ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﹶﺃ ﺣ
ﺤﻬﺎ :ﺣ ﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻣ ﺮﺓﹲ« ]ﻡ[.ﺻ ﺪ ﹸﻗﻬﺎ :ﺣﺎ ِﺭﺙﹲ ،ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻡ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﺒ
ﻭﹶﺃ
ﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔﹲ« ،ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ – ٩ﻭ ﹶﻏﻴ ﺮ ﺍﺳ ﻢ »ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺔ« ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺃﻧ ِ
»ﹶﺃﺻﺮ ﻡ« :ﺑـ »ﺯﺭﻋﺔ« ،ﻭﳌﱠﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﲰﻬﺎ »ﻳ ﹾﺜﺮِﺏ« ﻏﻴّﺮﻩ:
ﺑـ » ِﻃ ﻴﺒﺔ«.
ﺾ ﻧﺴﺎﺋِﻪ.
– ١٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ ﹶﻜﻨﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ،ﻭ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﹶﻛﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻐ ﲑ ،ﻭﻛﻨﻰ ﺑﻌ
-١١ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺗﻜﻨﻴ ﹸﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻟﻪ ﻭﻟ ﺪ ،ﻭ ﻣ ﻦ ﻻ
ﺴ ﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻤِﻲ ،ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﺍ ِﺑ ﹸﻜ ﻨﻴﺘِﻲ« ]ﻕ[.
ﻭﹶﻟ ﺪ ﹶﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺗ
ﺠ ﺮ ﺍﺳ ﻢ »ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎ ِﺀ« ﻭﻳ ﻐﻠﹸﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳ ﻢ »ﺍﻟﻌﺘ ﻤ ِﺔ« ،ﻭﻧﻬﻰ
-١٢ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﻬ
ﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﻣ ِﻦ« ]ﻕ[. ﺐ ﹶﻛ ﺮﻣﺎ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﹶﻜ ﺮﻡ :ﻗﻠ
ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨ ِ
ﺖ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ -١٣ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘﺎ ﹶﻝ :ﻣ ِﻄ ﺮﻧﺎ ِﺑﻨ ﻮ ِﺀ ﹶﻛﺬﹶﺍ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎ َﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭ ِﺷﹾﺌ
ﻒ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹶﻝ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻔِﻪ: ﷲ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎ ِﺭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﳊﻠ ِ ﻒ ِﺑ ﻐﻴ ِﺮ ﺍ ِ
ﺤﹶﻠ
ﻳ
ﻫﻮ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﳓﻮﻩ ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻓ ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﻛﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴ ﺪ ﳌﻤﻠﻮﻛﻪ :ﻋﺒﺪِﻱ
ﺸﻴﻄﹶﺎ ﹸﻥ ،ﻭﻋﻦ ﺲ ﺍﻟ
ﺖ ﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ،ﺃﻭ ﺗ ِﻌ
ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣﺘِﻲ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺟ ﹸﻞ :ﺧﺒﹶﺜ
ﺖ. ﻗﻮﻝ :ﺍﻟﻠﻬ ﻢ ﺍ ﹾﻏ ِﻔ ﺮ ﱄ ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ِﺷﹾﺌ
ﺐ
ﳊﻤﻰ ،ﻭ ﺳ
ﺐﺍﹸ
ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻳ ِﺢ ،ﻭ ﺳ -١٤ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺳ
ﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻫ ِﺮ ،ﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ٩٦
ﻚ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺪﻋﺎ ِﺀ ِﺑ ﺪ ﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴ ِﺔ؛ ﻛﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎ ِﺀ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋ ِﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳ ِ
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴ ِﺔ ﹶﻟﻬﺎ.
@ @
ﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣ ِﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻀﺒِﻪ
ﺕﺍِ -٤ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ» :ﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎ ِ
ﺏ
ﻚ ﺭ
ﲔ ،ﻭﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ
ﺸﻴﺎ ِﻃ ِ
ﺕ ﺍﻟ
ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺑِﻪ ﻭ ﺷ ﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩِﻩ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻫ ﻤﺰﺍ ِ
ﻀﺮﻭﻥ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ[. ﺤ
ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ
ﷲ ﻭِﺇﻧﺎ ِﺇﹶﻟ ﻴ ِﻪ
-٥ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﺣ ٍﺪ ﺗﺼِﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﺼِﻴﺒﺔﹲ ﹶﻓﻴﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝِ :ﺇﻧﺎ ِ
ﻒ ﻟِﻲ ﺧ ﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ – ﺇﻻ ﺭﺍ ِﺟﻌﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺃ ﺟ ﺮﻧِﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺼِﻴﺒﺘِﻲ ﻭﺍ ﺧ ﹸﻠ
)(١
ﻒ ﹶﻟﻪ ﺧ ﻴﺮﺍ ِﻣ ﻨﻬﺎ« ]ﻡ[. ﹶﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﺍ ُ
ﷲ ﰲ ﻣﺼِﻴﺒﺘِﻪ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﻠ
) (1ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺩ :ﺃﺟﺎﺭﻩ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ،ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ.
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ١٠٢
ﷲ ِﻣ ﻦ
ﻀ ﹾﻞ ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﺎِﺋﺬﹰﺍ ﺑﺎ ِ
ﺴ ِﻦ ِﺑﻠﹶﺎِﺋ ِﻪ ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴﻨﺎ ،ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺻﺎ ِﺣ ﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ ِ
ﻭﺣ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ِﺭ« ]ﻡ[.
ﷲ
ﺴ ﹶﻔ ِﺮ ﻳﻘﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻷ ﺣﺪِﻫﻢ» :ﺃﹶﺳﺘ ﻮ ِﺩﻉ ﺍ َ
– ٧ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺩﻉ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟ
ﻚ« ]ﺩ ،ﺕ[. ﻚ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺗِﻴ ﻢ ﹶﺃ ﻋﻤﺎِﻟ
ﻚ ﻭﹶﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘ
ﺩِﻳﻨ
ﷲ
ﺕﺍِ – ٨ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ ﺰ ﹶﻝ ﹶﺃ ﺣ ﺪﻛﹸﻢ ﻣ ﻨ ِﺰﹰﻟﺎ ،ﻓﻠﻴﻘﻞ» :ﺃ ﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠﻤﺎ ِ
ﺕ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺧ ﹶﻠ ﻖ«؛ ﹶﻓِﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻀ ﱡﺮﻩ ﺷﻲﺀٌ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳ ﺮﺗ ِ
ﺤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺎ ِ
ِﻣ ﻨﻪ] ﻡ[.
ﻉ
ﺠ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮ
– ٩ﻭﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﺄ ﻣ ﺮ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺴﺎِﻓ ﺮ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﻀﻰ ﻧ ﻬ ﻤﺘﻪِ ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﹶﻔ ِﺮ ِﻩ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ ﻌ
ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺃ ﻫِﻠ ِﻪ.
)(١
ﺤ ﺮ ٍﻡ ،ﻭﹶﻟ ﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺑﺮِﻳ ٍﺪ ، – ١٠ﻭﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ﺮﹶﺃ ﹶﺓ ﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗﺴﺎِﻓ ﺮ ﺑ ﻐﻴ ِﺮ ﻣ
ﺽ ﺍﻟ ﻌ ﺪﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﹶﻟﻪ ﺍﻟ ﻌ ﺪﻭ.
ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﹸﻘﺮﺁ ِﻥ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﺭ ِ
ﲔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﺠﺮ ِﺓ، -١١ﻭ ﻣﻨ ﻊ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺇﻗﺎﻣ ِﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠ ِﻢ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛ
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﹶﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﻱﺀٌ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻣﺴﻠ ٍﻢ ﻳﻘﻴ ﻢ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻇﻬِ ﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ«
]ﺩ ،ﺕ ،ﻥ ،ﺟﻪ[ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﻣ ﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺮ ﻙ ﻭ ﺳ ﹶﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﻌﻪ ﹶﻓﻬ ﻮ
ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻠﹸﻪ] «ﺩ[.
-١٢ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳ ﹶﻔﺮﻩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﺎ ٍﺭ :ﺳﻔ ﺮ ﻟﻠﻬﺠﺮ ِﺓ ،ﻭ ﺳ ﹶﻔ ﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎ ِﺩ – ﻭﻫﻮ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ -؛ ﻭﺳﻔ ﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺮ ِﺓ ،ﻭﺳﻔ ﺮ ﻟﻠﺤ ِﺞ.
ﺐ
ﺽ ﻳﺴﺒ
ﻑ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎ ُﺀ :ﻣﺮ
ﳉﻮﻯ :ﺩﺍ ٌﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍ ِﺀ ﺍﳉﻮ ِﻭﺍ ﹶ
ﺥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ِﻦ.
ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎ
ﺕ ﻓﺎﻃﻤ ﹸﺔ ﻗﻄﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺣﺼ ٍﲑ ﻓﺄﺣﺮﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺡ ﰲ ﺃﹸﺣ ٍﺪ ﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ -٦ﻭﳌﺎ ﺟِ ﺮ
ﻚ ﺍﻟﺪ ﻡ.
ﺴ
ﺡ ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻤ
ﺕ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﺍ ﺃﻟﺼ ﹶﻘﺘ ﻪ ﺑﺎﳉﺮ ِ ﺻﺎﺭ
ﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﺒﺎ ﻓﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻟﻪ ِﻋ ﺮﻗﹰﺎ ﻭﻛﻮﺍ ﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﻭﻗﺎﻝ: ﺚ ﺇﱃ ﹸﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌ ٍ ﻭﺑﻌ ﹶ
ﺠ ٍﻢ ﻭ ﹶﻛﻴ ِﺔ ﻧﺎ ٍﺭ ،ﻭﹶﺃﻧﻬﻰ
ﺤ
ﺴ ٍﻞ ،ﻭﺷ ﺮ ﹶﻃ ِﺔ ِﻣ
ﺙ :ﺷ ﺮﺑ ِﺔ ﻋ
ﺸﻔﹶﺎ ُﺀ ﰲ ﺛﹶﻼ ٍ
»ﺍﻟ
ﺐ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘﻮِﻱ« ]ﻕ[ .ﺇﺷﺎﺭﹲﺓ ﹸﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻜ ﻲ« ]ﺥ[ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃ ِﺣ ﱡ
ﺇﱃ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺆ ﺧ ﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺪﻓ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭ ﹸﺓ ﺇﻟﻴ ِﻪِ ،ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺠﺎ ِﻝ
ﺍﻷ ِﱂ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳ ِﺪ.
ﳊﺠﺎ ﻡ ﹶﺃ ﺟ ﺮﻩ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﺧ ﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ِﺑ ِﻪ
ﺠ ﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍ ﹶ – ٧ﻭﺍ ﺣﺘ
ﻉ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠ ﻢ ﺤ ِﺮ ﻡ ﰲ ﺭﺃﺳِﻪ ﻟﺼﺪﺍ ٍ ﺠ ﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣ ﳊﺠﺎﻣﺔ« ]ﻕ[ .ﻭﺍ ﺣﺘ ﺍِ
)(١
ﰲ ﻭ ِﺭﻛِﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺙ ٍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ.
)(٢
ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺘﺠﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ :ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﹶﺎﻫِﻠ ِﻪ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ﺧ ﺪ ﻋﻴ ِﻦ .
ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺎ ِﻫ ِﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﹰﺎ ﹶﻟﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ِﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﻣ ِﺔ ﻭﺃﻣ ﺮ
ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺎﻣ ِﺔ.
ﺠ ﻢ« ،ﻭﻻ
– ٨ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﻜﹶﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺣ ﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻌﺎ ﰲ ﺭﺃﺳِﻪ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ» :ﺍ ﺣﺘ ِ
ﷲ
ﺏ ،ﹶﻓِﺈ ﱠﻥ ﺍ َ
-١٤ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﻻ ﺗ ﹾﻜﺮِﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻛﹸﻢ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻌﺎ ِﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍ ِ
ﺴ ِﻘ ﻴﻬِﻢ« ]ﺕ ،ﺟﻪ[. ﻳ ﹾﻄ ِﻌ ﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﻳ
-١٥ﻭ ﺣﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨِﺒ ﻲ ﺻﻬﻴﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ ،ﻭﹶﺃﻧ ﹶﻜ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺭﻣﺪ،
ﺕ ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ،ﻭ ﺣﻤﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﳌﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﹶﻗﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗ ﻤﺮﺍ ٍ
ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺪ.
ﺏ ﻓِﻲ ِﺇﻧﺎ ِﺀ ﹶﺃ ﺣ ِﺪﻛﹸﻢ ﻓﺎ ﻣ ﹸﻘﻠﹸﻮﻩ؛ ﻓﺈ ﱠﻥ ﰲ
-١٦ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﻭ ﹶﻗ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺬﺑﺎ
ﹶﺃ ﺣ ِﺪ ﺟﻨﺎ ﺣ ﻴ ِﻪ ﺩﺍ ًﺀ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻵﺧ ِﺮ ِﺷﻔﹶﺎ ًﺀ« ]ﺥ[.
)(١
ﺾ ﺍﳊﹸ ﺰ ِﻥ« ]ﻕ[. ﺠ ﻤﺔﹲ ِﻟﻔﹸﺆﺍ ِﺩ ﺍﳌﺮِﻳ ِ
ﺾ ﺗ ﹾﺬ ﻫﺐ ﺑﺒﻌ ِ – ١٧ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍﻟﺘ ﹾﻠِﺒﻴﻨﺔﹸ ﻣ
ﺨ ﹲﺬ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺩﻗﻴ ِﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻌ ِﲑ ِﺑﻨﺨﺎﻟﺘِﻪ.
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﻨﺔ ِﺣﺴﺎ ٌﺀ ﻣﺘ
ﺴ ﻮﺩﺍﺀِ؛ ﹶﻓِﺈ ﱠﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ِﺷﻔﹶﺎ ًﺀ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ
ﳊﺒ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ
– ١٨ﻭﻗﺎﻝ » :ﻋ ﹶﻠ ﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﺑِﻬﺬِﻩ ﺍ ﹶ
ﺩﺍ ٍﺀ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎ ﻡ« ]ﻕ[.
– ١٩ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ » :ﻓ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺬﻭ ِﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔ ﱡﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳ ِﺪ« ]ﺥ[ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ:
ﺢ« ]ﻕ[. »ﻻ ﻳﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﳑﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼ
ﻒ ﺭﺟ ﹲﻞ ﳎﺬﻭ ﻡ ،ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ » :ﺍ ﺭ ِﺟ ﻊ
-٢٠ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻭﻓﺪ ﺛﻘﻴ ٍ
ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﻌﻨﺎ ﻙ« ]ﻡ[.
)(١
ﺝ ﺑِﺎﻷ ﺩ ِﻭﻳ ِﺔ ﺍﻹ ِﳍﻴ ِﺔ :
ﻼِ
ﺏ -ﻫ ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹶ
ﲔ،
-١ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳﺘ ﻌ ﻮﺫﹸ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﳉﺎ ﱢﻥ ،ﻭ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎ ِﻥ ،ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻴ ِﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻌ ِ
ﲔ،
ﺴﺒ ﹶﻘ ﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌ
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﻌ ﻴﻦ ﺣ ﻖ ﻭﹶﻟ ﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺷﻲﺀٌ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﺪﺭ ﹶﻟ
ﺴ ﹾﻞ« ]ﻡ[. ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍ ﺳﺘ ﻐﺴِﻞ ﹶﺃ ﺣﺪﻛﹸ ﻢ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠﻴ ﻐﺘ ِ
-٢ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻳ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺳﻔﻌﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ» :ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﳍﺎ؛ ﻓﺈ ﱠﻥ ﻬﺑﺎ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﹶﺓ« ]ﻕ[.
ﺴﻔﹾﻌﺔﹸ؛ ﺃﻱ :ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉ ﻦ.
ﻭﺍﻟ
-٣ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑِﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺭﻗﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻳ ﹶﻎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﲢ ِﺔ ﻓﱪﺃ» :ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﻳﻚ
ﺃﺎ ﺭ ﹾﻗﻴﺔ« ]ﻕ[.
ﺖﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣ ﹶﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻝ» :ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻗﹸ ﹾﻠ -٤ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺭﺟ ﹲﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ :ﻟﺪﻏﺘﲏ ﻋﻘﺮ
ﺕ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺧ ﹶﻠ ﻖ ،ﹶﻟ ﻢ
ﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺎ ِ
ﺕﺍِﺖ :ﹶﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ ﹶﻜﻠِﻤﺎ ِ
ﺴ ﻴ
ﲔ ﹶﺃ ﻣ
ِﺣ
ﻀﺮﻙ« ]ﻡ[. ﺗ
ﺟـ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﳌﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻊ
)(٢
ﺍﳌﺮﻛﹼﺐ :
ﺿ ﻊﺡ ،ﻭ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﻜ ﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﹸﻗ ﺮ ﺣ ﹲﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟ ﺮ
ﺿﻨﺎ ،ﺑِﺮﻳﻘ ِﺔ
ﷲ ﺗ ﺮﺑﺔﹸ ﹶﺃ ﺭ ِ
ﺴ ِﻢ ﺍ ِ
ﺽ ،ﰒ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝِ» :ﺑ ﺳﺒﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ِ
ﺸﻔﹶﻰ ﺳﻘِﻴ ﻤﻨﺎ ،ﺑِﺈ ﹾﺫ ِﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ« ]ﻕ[.
ﻀﻨﺎ ﻳ
ﺑ ﻌ ِ
ﺿ ﻊ ﻳ ﺪ ﻙ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ -٦ﻭﺷﻜﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﺟﻌﺎ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ » :
ﷲ ﻭﻗﹸ ﺪ ﺭِﺗ ِﻪ ِﻣ ﻦ
ﺴ ِﺪ ﻙ ،ﻭ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ :ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ :ﹶﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ِﺑ ِﻌ ﺰ ِﺓ ﺍ ِ
ﺗﹶﺄﱠﻟ ﻢ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺟ
ﺷ ﺮ ﻣﺎ ﹶﺃ ِﺟﺪ ﻭﹸﺃﺣﺎ ِﺫﺭ] «ﻡ[.
ﺏ
ﺾ ﺃﻫﻠِﻪ ﳝﺴ ﺢ ﺑﻴﺪِﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﺍﻟ ﱠﻠ ﻬ ﻢ ﺭ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻮ ﹸﺫ ﺑﻌ
ﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓِﻲ ،ﹶﻟﺎ ِﺷﻔﹶﺎ َﺀ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ِﺷﻔﹶﺎﺅ ﻙ،
ﻒ ﹶﺃﻧ
ﺱ ،ﻭﺍ ﺷ ِ
ﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺎ ﺱ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫ ِﻫ ِ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ِ
ِﺷﻔﹶﺎ ًﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻐﺎ ِﺩﺭ ﺳ ﹶﻘﻤﺎ« ]ﻕ[.
ﷲ«
ﺱ ﻃﻬﻮﺭ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺷﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ُ
ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ» :ﻟﹶﺎ ﺑﺄ
]ﺥ[.
ﷲ.
ﺤ ﻤ ِﺪ ﺍ ِ
ﺗ ﻢ ِﺑ
@ @
ﺍﻟﻔﻬـﺮﺱ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ
٣ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ
٥ -١ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ
٥ ﺃ – ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ
٦ ﺏ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ
٨ ﺝ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻔﲔ
٨ ﺩ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤﻢ
١٠ -٢ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ:
١٠ ﺃ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ
١٢ ﺏ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ
١٧ ﺟـ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ
١٨ ﺩ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ
١٩ ﻫـ -ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ
٢٢ -٣ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ
٢٤ -٤ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ
٢٦ -٥ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ
٢٧ -٦ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ
ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ١١٤